1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
97 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
99 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
100 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
101 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
104 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
105 || flag_unwind_tables
106 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
111 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
113 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
116 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
117 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
119 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
121 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
123 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
126 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
132 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
133 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
134 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
136 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
137 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
138 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
139 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
140 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
141 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
145 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
146 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags);
150 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
152 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
154 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
157 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
158 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
159 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
162 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
164 default_eh_frame_section (void)
166 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
167 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
169 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
173 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
174 must be kept around forever. */
175 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray;
177 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
178 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
179 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
180 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types;
182 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
183 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
184 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
185 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
186 define type declaration DIE's. */
187 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
189 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
190 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
191 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
194 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
195 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
196 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
198 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
199 Information instructions. The register number, offset
200 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
201 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
203 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
205 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
211 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
213 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
214 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
215 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
216 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
220 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
222 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
223 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
224 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
226 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
231 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
232 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
233 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
234 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
235 of this structure. */
236 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
239 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
240 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
241 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
244 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
245 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
246 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
247 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
248 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
250 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
253 const char *dw_fde_begin;
254 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
255 const char *dw_fde_end;
256 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
257 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
258 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
259 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
260 bool dw_fde_switched_sections;
261 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
262 unsigned funcdef_number;
263 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
264 unsigned nothrow : 1;
265 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
269 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
270 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
272 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
273 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
274 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
275 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
277 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
278 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
281 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
282 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
283 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
286 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
287 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
290 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
291 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
292 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
295 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
296 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
298 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
299 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
302 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
304 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
305 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
306 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
308 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
309 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
310 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
311 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
313 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
317 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
318 information for each routine. */
319 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
321 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
322 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
324 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
325 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
327 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
329 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
331 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
332 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
334 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
335 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
336 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
337 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
338 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
339 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
342 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
345 unsigned int refcount;
350 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
352 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
353 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
355 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
357 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
359 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
360 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
361 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
362 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
363 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
364 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
365 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
366 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
367 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
368 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
369 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
370 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
371 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx, bool);
372 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
373 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
374 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
376 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
377 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
378 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
379 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
380 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
382 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
384 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
385 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
386 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
389 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
390 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
391 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
393 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
394 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
397 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
398 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
401 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
402 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
405 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
406 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
408 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
409 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
410 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
411 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
412 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
413 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
414 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
415 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
416 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
417 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
419 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
420 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
422 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
424 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
426 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
430 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
431 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
432 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
433 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
436 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
437 for the current function. */
438 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
439 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
442 /* Hook used by __throw. */
445 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
447 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
450 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
451 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
454 stripattributes (const char *s)
456 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
461 while (*s && *s != ',')
468 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
471 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
474 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
475 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
476 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
477 bool wrote_return_column = false;
479 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
480 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
482 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
483 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
486 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
487 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
488 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
490 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
492 wrote_return_column = true;
494 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
498 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
501 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
502 gcc_assert (wrote_return_column);
503 i = DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
504 wrote_return_column = false;
506 i = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
509 if (! wrote_return_column)
511 enum machine_mode save_mode = Pmode;
512 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = i * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
513 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
514 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
518 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
521 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
525 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
526 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
528 return "DW_CFA_offset";
530 return "DW_CFA_restore";
534 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
535 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
536 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
537 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
538 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
539 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
540 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
541 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
542 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
543 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
544 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
545 case DW_CFA_undefined:
546 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
547 case DW_CFA_same_value:
548 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
549 case DW_CFA_register:
550 return "DW_CFA_register";
551 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
552 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
553 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
554 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
556 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
557 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
558 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
559 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
560 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
563 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
564 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
565 case DW_CFA_expression:
566 return "DW_CFA_expression";
567 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
568 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
569 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
570 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
571 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
572 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
574 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
575 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
576 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
579 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
580 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
581 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
582 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
583 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
584 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
587 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
591 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
593 static inline dw_cfi_ref
596 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
598 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
599 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
600 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
605 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
608 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
612 /* Find the end of the chain. */
613 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
619 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
622 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
624 static char label[20];
626 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
627 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
631 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
632 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
635 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
639 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
642 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
644 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
645 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
649 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
651 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
653 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
654 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
655 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
658 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
662 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
665 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
668 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
670 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
672 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
673 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
675 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
676 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
679 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
680 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
682 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
683 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
690 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
693 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
697 loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
700 loc->base_offset = 0;
702 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
703 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
705 if (fde_table_in_use)
707 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
708 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
709 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
713 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
714 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
716 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
718 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
720 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
721 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
723 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
724 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
726 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
727 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
728 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
731 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
738 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
741 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
742 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
745 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
748 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
753 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
754 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
756 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
757 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
759 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
760 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
761 && loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect
762 && (loc.indirect == 0 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset))
767 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
769 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
770 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
772 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
773 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
776 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
777 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
780 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
781 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
782 offset has not changed. */
783 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
784 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
788 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
790 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
791 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
792 the specified offset. */
793 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
794 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
795 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
799 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
800 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
801 register-offset pair is available. */
802 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
804 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
805 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
806 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
809 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
812 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
813 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
814 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
815 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
818 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
820 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
822 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
824 if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
827 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
829 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
831 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
833 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
835 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
836 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
837 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
839 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
841 gcc_assert (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == offset);
844 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
846 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
848 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
850 else if (sreg == reg)
851 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
854 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
855 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
858 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
861 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
862 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
863 from the previous frame's window save area.
865 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
866 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
869 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
871 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
873 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
874 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
877 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
878 pushed onto the stack. */
881 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
885 if (size == old_args_size)
888 old_args_size = size;
891 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
892 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
893 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
896 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
897 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
900 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
902 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
905 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
906 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
909 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
911 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
914 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
915 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
918 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
920 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
923 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
924 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
927 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
929 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
930 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
932 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
935 /* RA is in a register. */
936 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
940 /* RA is on the stack. */
942 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
945 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
950 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
951 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
955 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
956 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
966 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
967 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
968 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
969 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT);
970 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
977 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
978 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
981 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
985 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
987 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
988 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
989 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
992 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
994 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
995 code = GET_CODE (src);
996 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
997 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
998 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1001 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1005 else if (MEM_P (dest))
1007 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1008 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1009 code = GET_CODE (src);
1015 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1017 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1018 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1019 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1020 && GET_CODE (val) == CONST_INT);
1021 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1028 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1030 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1037 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1039 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1054 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1055 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1056 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1059 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1061 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1065 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1066 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1067 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1068 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1069 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1072 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1073 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1074 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1076 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1078 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1079 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1080 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1081 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1082 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1083 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1084 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1085 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1090 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1092 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1093 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1096 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1098 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1099 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1100 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1101 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1102 offset = -args_size;
1107 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1108 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1109 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1110 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1112 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1114 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1115 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1116 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1124 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1125 cfa.offset += offset;
1127 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1131 args_size += offset;
1135 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1136 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1137 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1138 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1143 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1144 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1145 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1147 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1149 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1151 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1155 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1157 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1158 struct reg_saved_in_data GTY(()) {
1163 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1164 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1165 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1166 more efficient data structure. */
1167 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1168 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1170 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1171 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1173 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1174 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1177 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1179 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1181 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1182 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1184 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1185 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1190 q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1191 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1192 queued_reg_saves = q;
1196 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1197 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1199 last_reg_save_label = label;
1202 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1205 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1207 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1209 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1212 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1214 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1215 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1217 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1219 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1220 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1222 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1224 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1225 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1228 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1230 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1232 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1233 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1236 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1237 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1240 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1241 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1242 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1243 have a new location for? */
1246 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1248 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1250 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1253 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1255 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1256 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1257 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1264 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1267 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1269 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1271 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1273 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1274 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1277 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1278 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1279 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1280 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1286 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1287 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1288 value, not an offset. */
1289 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1291 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1292 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1293 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1294 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1296 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1297 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1298 users need not read the source code.
1300 The High-Level Picture
1302 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1303 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1304 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1305 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1306 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1308 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1309 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1310 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1311 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1312 saves. This also seems to work.
1314 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1315 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1316 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1317 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1318 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1319 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1320 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1321 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1322 value as in the caller.
1324 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1325 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1326 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1327 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1329 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1332 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1334 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1335 consists of a register and an offset.
1336 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1337 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1338 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1339 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1340 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1341 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1342 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1344 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1345 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1346 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1349 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1350 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1351 and cfa_temp.offset.
1353 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1356 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1357 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1358 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1362 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1363 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1366 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1367 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1368 cfa.offset unchanged
1369 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1370 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1373 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1374 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1375 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1376 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1377 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1378 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1381 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1382 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1383 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1386 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1387 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1389 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1390 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1391 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1394 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1395 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1397 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1398 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1401 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1402 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1403 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1406 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1407 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1408 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1411 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1415 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1416 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1417 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1420 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1421 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1422 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1424 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1427 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1428 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1429 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1431 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1434 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1437 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1438 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1441 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1442 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1443 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1446 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1447 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1448 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1449 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1452 Â (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1453 Â effects: target-dependent */
1456 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1459 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1461 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1462 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1463 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1464 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1465 flag is set in them. */
1466 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1469 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1471 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1472 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1473 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1475 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1480 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
1482 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1483 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1487 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
1492 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1495 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1497 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1499 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1502 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1503 relative to the current CFA register.
1505 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1506 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1507 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1508 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1509 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1510 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1511 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1515 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1516 gcc_assert (call_used_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1517 && (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1518 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1519 || DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
1520 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
1521 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
1528 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1532 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1535 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1538 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
1540 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1546 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1548 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1549 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
1550 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1552 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1553 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1556 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
1558 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1560 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1561 cfa.offset += offset;
1562 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1563 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1565 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1568 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1569 or adjusting the FP */
1570 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
1572 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1573 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1574 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1575 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1576 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1578 cfa.offset += offset;
1579 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1583 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
1586 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1587 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1588 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1590 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1591 into the FP later on. */
1592 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1593 cfa.offset += offset;
1594 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1595 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1596 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1597 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1601 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1602 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1603 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1605 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1606 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1607 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1608 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1609 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1613 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1614 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1616 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1617 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1626 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1627 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1632 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1633 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1634 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1636 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1637 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1638 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1641 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1642 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1649 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1650 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
1651 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
1658 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1662 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
1664 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1666 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1671 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1672 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
1674 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1676 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1677 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1679 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1680 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1681 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1683 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1689 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1690 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1693 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1694 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1696 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1697 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1698 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1700 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1704 /* With an offset. */
1711 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT);
1712 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1713 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1716 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
1718 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1719 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1722 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1723 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1729 /* Without an offset. */
1732 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
1734 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1735 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1738 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1739 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1746 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
1747 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1748 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1749 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1756 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1757 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1758 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1760 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1762 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1764 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1765 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1767 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1768 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
1773 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1774 calculate the CFA. */
1775 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1779 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
1781 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1782 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1784 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1789 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1790 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
1798 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1799 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1800 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1802 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1803 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1806 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1811 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1815 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1816 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1818 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1821 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
1823 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1826 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1828 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1830 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
1831 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
1833 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
1837 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1838 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1840 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1842 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1843 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
1847 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1848 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1850 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1852 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1854 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1859 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1860 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1861 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1863 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1864 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1869 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1870 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1872 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1873 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1874 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1875 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1876 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1877 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1880 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1881 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1882 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1883 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1884 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1885 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1886 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1887 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1888 case DW_CFA_register:
1889 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1891 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1892 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1893 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1894 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1896 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1897 case DW_CFA_expression:
1898 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1905 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1906 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1907 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1909 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1910 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1914 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1915 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1917 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1918 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1919 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1921 case DW_CFA_register:
1922 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1925 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1929 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1931 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
1932 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
1933 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
1934 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
1935 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
1938 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1941 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
1944 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1945 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1946 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1947 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
1948 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1949 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1951 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1952 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1953 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
1954 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1956 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1958 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1959 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1960 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
1964 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1965 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1967 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1969 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1971 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1972 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1973 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
1976 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1977 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
1980 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1981 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1982 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1983 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1986 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1987 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1988 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1989 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1992 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1993 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1994 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1995 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1998 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1999 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2000 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2001 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2004 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2005 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2006 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2007 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2008 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2011 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2012 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2013 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2014 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2015 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2018 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2019 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2020 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2021 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2022 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2023 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2026 case DW_CFA_register:
2027 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2028 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2029 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2030 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2033 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2034 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2035 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2038 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2039 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2042 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2045 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2046 case DW_CFA_expression:
2047 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
2050 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
2051 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2060 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2061 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2062 location of saved registers. */
2065 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
2070 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
2071 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
2072 char augmentation[6];
2073 int augmentation_size;
2074 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2075 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2076 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2078 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2079 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
2082 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2083 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2084 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2085 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2086 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2087 specialization doesn't. */
2088 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2089 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2091 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2092 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2093 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
2094 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2095 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
2096 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
2098 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2099 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2100 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2101 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2104 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
2106 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2107 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
2108 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
2109 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2110 any_eh_needed = true;
2111 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
2112 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2113 any_eh_needed = true;
2115 if (! any_eh_needed)
2119 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2124 targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section ();
2126 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
2128 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
2129 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
2131 /* Output the CIE. */
2132 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
2133 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
2134 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2135 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2136 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2138 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2139 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2140 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
2141 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
2142 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2144 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
2146 augmentation[0] = 0;
2147 augmentation_size = 0;
2153 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2154 augmentation section.
2155 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2156 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2157 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2159 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2160 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2162 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2163 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2164 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2166 p = augmentation + 1;
2167 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2170 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2172 if (any_lsda_needed)
2175 augmentation_size += 1;
2177 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2180 augmentation_size += 1;
2182 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2184 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2188 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2189 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2191 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2193 + 1 /* CIE version */
2194 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2195 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2196 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2198 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2199 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2200 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2202 augmentation_size += pad;
2204 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2205 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2206 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
2210 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2211 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2212 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2213 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2215 if (DW_CIE_VERSION == 1)
2216 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
2218 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
2220 if (augmentation[0])
2222 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2223 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2225 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2226 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2227 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2228 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
2231 if (any_lsda_needed)
2232 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2233 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2235 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2236 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2237 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2240 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2241 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2243 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2244 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2245 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2246 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2248 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2249 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2251 fde = &fde_table[i];
2253 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2254 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2255 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2256 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2257 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2260 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 0);
2261 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2262 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2263 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2264 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2266 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2269 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2271 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2276 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin);
2277 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2278 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2280 "FDE initial location");
2281 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2283 rtx sym_ref2 = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2284 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label);
2285 rtx sym_ref3= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2286 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label);
2287 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2288 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2289 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref3,
2290 "FDE initial location");
2291 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2292 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2293 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2294 "FDE address range");
2295 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref2,
2296 "FDE initial location");
2297 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2298 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2299 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2300 "FDE address range");
2303 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2304 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2305 "FDE address range");
2309 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2310 "FDE initial location");
2311 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2313 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2314 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2315 "FDE initial location");
2316 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2317 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2318 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2319 "FDE address range");
2320 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2321 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2322 "FDE initial location");
2323 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2324 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2325 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2326 "FDE address range");
2329 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2330 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2331 "FDE address range");
2334 if (augmentation[0])
2336 if (any_lsda_needed)
2338 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2340 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2342 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2343 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2344 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2345 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2346 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2349 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
2352 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2354 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2356 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2357 fde->funcdef_number);
2358 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2359 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2360 "Language Specific Data Area");
2364 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2365 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2367 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2368 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2372 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2375 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2377 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2378 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2379 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2381 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2382 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2383 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2384 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2387 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2388 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2389 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2390 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2391 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2392 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2395 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2400 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2404 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2405 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2407 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2411 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
2413 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2414 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2415 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2417 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2418 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2421 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2425 function_section (current_function_decl);
2426 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2427 current_function_funcdef_no);
2428 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2429 current_function_funcdef_no);
2430 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
2431 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
2433 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2434 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2435 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2439 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2440 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2442 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2443 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2444 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2445 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2446 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2449 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2450 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2452 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2453 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2454 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
2455 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
2456 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2457 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
2458 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
2459 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
2460 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
2461 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = false;
2462 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2463 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2464 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2465 fde->nothrow = TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl);
2466 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2467 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2469 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2471 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2472 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2473 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2475 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2479 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2480 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2484 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2485 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2488 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2490 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2492 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2493 current_function_funcdef_no);
2494 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2495 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2496 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2500 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2502 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2503 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2504 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2505 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2507 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2508 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2510 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2511 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2512 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2513 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2518 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2520 /* Output call frame information. */
2521 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
2522 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
2523 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
2524 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
2527 output_call_frame_info (0);
2529 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2530 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2531 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2532 output_call_frame_info (1);
2537 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2538 for emitting location expressions. */
2540 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2541 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2542 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2545 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2546 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2547 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2548 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2550 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2551 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2552 implementation are listed below. */
2557 dw_val_class_offset,
2559 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2560 dw_val_class_range_list,
2562 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2563 dw_val_class_long_long,
2566 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2567 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2568 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2569 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2573 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2574 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2576 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2583 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2585 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2587 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2593 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2594 represented internally. */
2596 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2598 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2599 union dw_val_struct_union
2601 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2602 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2603 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2604 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2605 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
2606 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2607 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2608 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2609 struct dw_val_die_union
2613 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2614 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2615 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2616 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2617 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2619 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2623 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2626 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2628 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2629 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2630 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2631 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2636 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2637 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2638 their entire life. */
2639 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2641 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2642 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2643 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2644 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2645 Only on head of list */
2646 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2647 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2650 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2652 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2653 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2654 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2655 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2656 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2657 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2658 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2659 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2661 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2664 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2669 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2670 return "DW_OP_addr";
2672 return "DW_OP_deref";
2674 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2676 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2678 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2680 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2682 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2684 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2686 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2688 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2690 return "DW_OP_constu";
2692 return "DW_OP_consts";
2696 return "DW_OP_drop";
2698 return "DW_OP_over";
2700 return "DW_OP_pick";
2702 return "DW_OP_swap";
2706 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2714 return "DW_OP_minus";
2726 return "DW_OP_plus";
2727 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2728 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2734 return "DW_OP_shra";
2752 return "DW_OP_skip";
2754 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2756 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2758 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2760 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2762 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2764 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2766 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2768 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2770 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2772 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2774 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2776 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2778 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2780 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2782 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2784 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2786 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2788 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2790 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2792 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2794 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2796 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2798 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2800 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2802 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2804 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2806 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2808 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2810 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2812 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2814 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2816 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2818 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2820 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2822 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2824 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2826 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2828 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2830 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2832 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2834 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2836 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2838 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2840 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2842 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2844 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2846 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2848 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2850 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2852 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2854 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2856 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2858 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2860 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2862 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2864 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2866 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2868 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2870 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2872 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2874 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2876 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2878 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2880 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2882 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2884 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2886 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2888 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2890 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2892 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2894 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2896 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2898 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2900 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2902 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2904 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2906 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2908 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2910 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2912 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2914 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2916 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2918 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2920 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2922 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2924 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2926 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2928 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2930 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2932 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2934 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2936 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2938 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2940 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2942 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2944 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2946 return "DW_OP_regx";
2948 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2950 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2952 return "DW_OP_piece";
2953 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2954 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2955 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2956 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2959 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
2960 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2962 return "DW_OP_call2";
2964 return "DW_OP_call4";
2965 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2966 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2967 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
2968 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2970 return "OP_<unknown>";
2974 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2975 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2976 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2978 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2979 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
2980 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
2982 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2984 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2985 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2986 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2987 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2988 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
2994 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2997 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
2999 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
3001 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3002 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
3008 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3010 static unsigned long
3011 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3013 unsigned long size = 1;
3015 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3018 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3019 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3038 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3041 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3046 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3047 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3085 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3088 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3091 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3094 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3095 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
3098 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3100 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3101 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3110 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3111 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3120 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3122 static unsigned long
3123 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3127 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3129 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
3130 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
3136 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3139 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3141 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
3142 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
3144 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3146 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3148 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
3152 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3156 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3160 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG >= 64);
3161 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3168 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
3169 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
3171 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
3184 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3185 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3186 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3187 only doing unwinding. */
3192 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3195 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3198 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3201 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3203 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3204 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3238 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3241 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3244 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3247 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3248 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3251 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3253 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3254 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3255 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3258 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3259 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3260 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3262 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3269 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3274 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3277 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3279 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3281 /* Output the opcode. */
3282 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3283 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3285 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3286 output_loc_operands (loc);
3290 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3291 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3294 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3296 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3299 /* Output the size of the block. */
3300 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3301 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3302 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3304 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3305 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3308 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3309 a dw_cfa_location. */
3311 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3312 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa)
3314 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3316 gcc_assert (cfa->indirect);
3318 if (cfa->base_offset)
3321 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3323 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3325 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3326 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3328 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3330 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3331 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3332 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3333 if (cfa->offset != 0)
3335 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
3336 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3342 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3343 descriptor sequence. */
3346 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3348 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3350 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3354 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3356 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3392 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3395 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3429 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3430 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3433 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3434 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3439 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3440 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3443 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3444 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3448 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3450 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3451 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3453 /* .debug_str support. */
3454 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3456 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3457 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3458 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3459 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3460 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3461 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3462 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3463 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3464 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3465 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3466 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
3467 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3468 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3469 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
3470 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
3471 static void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void);
3473 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3475 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3481 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3482 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3483 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3484 dwarf2out_end_block,
3485 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3486 dwarf2out_source_line,
3487 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3488 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3489 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3490 dwarf2out_begin_function,
3491 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3492 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3493 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3494 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
3495 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3496 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3497 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3498 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3499 something tries to reference them. */
3500 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3501 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3502 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
3503 dwarf2out_var_location,
3504 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
3505 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3509 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3510 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3511 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3513 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3514 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3515 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3516 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3518 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3519 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3521 typedef long int dw_offset;
3523 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3525 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3526 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3527 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3528 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3529 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3531 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3532 line number associated with the label generated for that
3533 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3534 the line number entry. */
3536 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3538 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3539 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3543 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3545 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3547 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3548 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3549 unsigned long function;
3551 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3553 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3554 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3555 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3557 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3559 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3560 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3561 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3565 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3567 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3569 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3571 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3572 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3573 dw_die_ref die_child;
3575 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3576 dw_offset die_offset;
3577 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3579 unsigned int decl_id;
3583 /* The pubname structure */
3585 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3592 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3597 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3598 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3602 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3606 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3607 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3608 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3611 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3612 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3614 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3615 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3616 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3617 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3618 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3619 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3621 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3622 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3623 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3624 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3625 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3626 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3627 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3628 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3629 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3630 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3632 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3633 language, and compiler version. */
3635 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3636 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3637 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3639 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3640 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3642 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3643 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3644 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3645 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3646 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3648 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3649 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3650 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3651 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3652 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3653 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3655 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3656 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3657 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3658 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3660 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3664 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3665 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3666 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3668 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3669 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3671 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3672 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3674 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3675 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3676 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3677 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3678 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3680 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3681 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3682 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3683 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3686 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3687 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3689 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3690 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3692 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3693 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3694 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted;
3695 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3697 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3698 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3699 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3701 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3702 struct var_loc_node GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3704 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
3705 const char * GTY (()) label;
3706 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
3707 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3710 /* Variable location list. */
3711 struct var_loc_list_def GTY (())
3713 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3715 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3716 it is marked through the chain. */
3717 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3719 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3720 unsigned int decl_id;
3722 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3725 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3726 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3728 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3729 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3730 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3731 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3732 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3734 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3735 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3737 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3738 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3740 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3741 abbrev_die_table. */
3742 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3744 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3745 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3746 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3747 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3749 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3750 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3752 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3753 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3755 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3756 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3757 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3758 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3760 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3761 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3763 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3764 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3766 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3768 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3770 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3771 accessible names. */
3772 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3774 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3775 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3777 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3778 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3780 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3782 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3784 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3785 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3787 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3788 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3790 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3791 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3793 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3795 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3797 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3798 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3800 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3801 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3803 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3804 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3806 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3808 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3810 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3811 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists;
3813 /* Unique label counter. */
3814 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
3816 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3817 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3818 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3820 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3821 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3824 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3825 static GTY(()) int emitcount = 0;
3827 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3828 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3830 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3832 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3834 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
3835 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3836 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
3837 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3838 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3839 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3840 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
3841 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
3842 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3843 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3844 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3845 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3846 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3847 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3848 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3849 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3850 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3851 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
3853 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
3854 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3855 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3856 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3857 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3858 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3859 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3860 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3861 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3862 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3863 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3864 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
3865 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3866 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
3867 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
3868 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3870 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
3871 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
3872 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
3873 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3874 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3875 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3876 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3877 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3879 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
3880 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3881 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
3882 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
3883 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3884 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3885 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3886 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3887 static bool is_c_family (void);
3888 static bool is_cxx (void);
3889 static bool is_java (void);
3890 static bool is_fortran (void);
3891 static bool is_ada (void);
3892 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3893 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
3894 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref);
3895 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref);
3896 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3897 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
3898 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
3899 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3900 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
3901 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3902 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
3903 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
3904 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3905 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (tree);
3906 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3907 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
3908 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3909 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
3910 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3911 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref);
3912 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3913 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3914 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
3915 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3916 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3917 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3918 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
3919 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
3920 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
3921 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
3922 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3923 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
3924 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
3925 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
3926 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
3927 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
3928 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
3929 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3930 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3931 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3932 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
3933 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
3934 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
3935 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
3936 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
3937 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3938 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
3939 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
3940 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3941 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3942 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3943 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3944 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3945 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3946 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3947 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3948 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
3949 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
3950 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3951 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
3952 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
3953 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
3954 static void output_pubnames (void);
3955 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
3956 static void output_aranges (void);
3957 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
3958 static void output_ranges (void);
3959 static void output_line_info (void);
3960 static void output_file_names (void);
3961 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
3962 static tree root_type (tree);
3963 static int is_base_type (tree);
3964 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
3965 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3966 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3967 static int type_is_enum (tree);
3968 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx);
3969 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
3970 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3971 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
3972 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
3973 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT, bool);
3974 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
3975 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode, bool);
3976 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
3977 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, bool);
3978 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree, int);
3979 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree);
3980 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
3981 static tree field_type (tree);
3982 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
3983 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
3984 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
3985 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
3986 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3988 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3989 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
3990 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
3991 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
3992 static void insert_float (rtx, unsigned char *);
3993 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
3994 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
3995 enum dwarf_attribute);
3996 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3997 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
3998 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
3999 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
4000 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
4001 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4002 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4003 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4004 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4005 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4006 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4007 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4008 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4009 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
4010 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4011 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
4012 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4013 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4014 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4015 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4016 static const char *type_tag (tree);
4017 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
4019 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
4021 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4023 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4025 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4026 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4027 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4028 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4029 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4030 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4031 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4032 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4033 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4034 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4035 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4036 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4037 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4038 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4039 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4040 static void gen_string_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4041 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4042 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4043 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4044 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4045 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4046 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4047 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4048 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4049 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4050 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
4051 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
4052 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4053 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
4054 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
4055 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
4056 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
4057 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
4058 static void init_file_table (void);
4059 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4060 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4061 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4062 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4063 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
4064 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4065 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
4066 const char *, const char *,
4068 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
4069 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4071 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4072 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
4073 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
4074 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
4075 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
4076 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4077 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
4079 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4080 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4081 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4083 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4084 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4086 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4087 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4089 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4090 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4092 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4093 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4095 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4096 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4098 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4099 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4101 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4102 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4104 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4105 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4108 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4109 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4110 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4113 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4114 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4115 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4116 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4119 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4120 the section names themselves. */
4122 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4123 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4125 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4126 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4128 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4129 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4131 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4132 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4134 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4135 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4137 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4138 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4140 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4141 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4143 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4144 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4147 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4148 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4149 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4150 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4151 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4153 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4154 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4155 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4156 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4157 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4158 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4159 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4160 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4161 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4162 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4164 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4165 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4167 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4168 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4170 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4171 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4173 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4174 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4176 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4177 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4179 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4180 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4183 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4184 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4186 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
4189 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
4191 demangle_name_func = func;
4194 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4197 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
4199 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4200 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
4201 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
4204 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4208 type_main_variant (tree type)
4210 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4212 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4213 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4214 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4215 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4217 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
4218 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
4219 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4224 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4227 is_tagged_type (tree type)
4229 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4231 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4232 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4235 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4238 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
4242 case DW_TAG_padding:
4243 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4244 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4245 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4246 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4247 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4248 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4249 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4250 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4251 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4252 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4253 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4254 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4255 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4257 return "DW_TAG_label";
4258 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4259 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4261 return "DW_TAG_member";
4262 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4263 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4264 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4265 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4266 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4267 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4268 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4269 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4270 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4271 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4272 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4273 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4274 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4275 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4276 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4277 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4278 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4279 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4280 case DW_TAG_variant:
4281 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4282 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4283 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4284 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4285 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4286 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4287 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4288 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4289 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4291 return "DW_TAG_module";
4292 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4293 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4294 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4295 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4296 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4297 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4298 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4299 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4300 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4301 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4302 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4303 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4304 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4305 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4306 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4307 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4308 case DW_TAG_constant:
4309 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4310 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4311 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4312 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4313 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4315 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4316 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4317 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4318 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4319 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4320 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4321 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4322 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4323 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4324 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4325 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4326 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4327 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4328 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4329 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4330 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4331 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4332 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4333 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4334 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4335 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4336 case DW_TAG_variable:
4337 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4338 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4339 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4340 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4341 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4342 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4343 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4344 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4345 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4346 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4347 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4348 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4349 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4350 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4351 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4352 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4353 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4355 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4359 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4362 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4367 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4368 case DW_AT_location:
4369 return "DW_AT_location";
4371 return "DW_AT_name";
4372 case DW_AT_ordering:
4373 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4374 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4375 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4376 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4377 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4378 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4379 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4380 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4381 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4382 case DW_AT_element_list:
4383 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4384 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4385 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4387 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4389 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4390 case DW_AT_language:
4391 return "DW_AT_language";
4393 return "DW_AT_member";
4395 return "DW_AT_discr";
4396 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4397 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4398 case DW_AT_visibility:
4399 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4401 return "DW_AT_import";
4402 case DW_AT_string_length:
4403 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4404 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4405 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4406 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4407 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4408 case DW_AT_const_value:
4409 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4410 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4411 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4412 case DW_AT_default_value:
4413 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4415 return "DW_AT_inline";
4416 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4417 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4418 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4419 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4420 case DW_AT_producer:
4421 return "DW_AT_producer";
4422 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4423 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4424 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4425 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4426 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4427 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4428 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4429 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4430 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4431 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4432 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4433 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4434 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4435 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4436 case DW_AT_address_class:
4437 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4438 case DW_AT_artificial:
4439 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4440 case DW_AT_base_types:
4441 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4442 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4443 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4445 return "DW_AT_count";
4446 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4447 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4448 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4449 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4450 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4451 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4452 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4453 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4454 case DW_AT_declaration:
4455 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4456 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4457 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4458 case DW_AT_encoding:
4459 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4460 case DW_AT_external:
4461 return "DW_AT_external";
4462 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4463 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4465 return "DW_AT_friend";
4466 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4467 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4468 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4469 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4470 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4471 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4472 case DW_AT_priority:
4473 return "DW_AT_priority";
4475 return "DW_AT_segment";
4476 case DW_AT_specification:
4477 return "DW_AT_specification";
4478 case DW_AT_static_link:
4479 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4481 return "DW_AT_type";
4482 case DW_AT_use_location:
4483 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4484 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4485 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4486 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4487 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4488 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4489 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4491 case DW_AT_allocated:
4492 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4493 case DW_AT_associated:
4494 return "DW_AT_associated";
4495 case DW_AT_data_location:
4496 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4498 return "DW_AT_stride";
4499 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4500 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4501 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4502 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4503 case DW_AT_extension:
4504 return "DW_AT_extension";
4506 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4507 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4508 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4509 case DW_AT_call_column:
4510 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4511 case DW_AT_call_file:
4512 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4513 case DW_AT_call_line:
4514 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4516 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4517 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4518 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4519 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4520 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4521 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4522 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4523 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4524 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4525 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4526 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4527 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4528 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4529 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4530 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4531 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4532 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4533 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4534 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4535 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4536 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4537 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4539 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4540 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4541 case DW_AT_src_info:
4542 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4543 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4544 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4545 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4546 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4547 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4548 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4549 case DW_AT_body_end:
4550 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4551 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4552 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4554 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4555 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4558 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4562 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4565 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4570 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4571 case DW_FORM_block2:
4572 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4573 case DW_FORM_block4:
4574 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4576 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4578 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4580 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4581 case DW_FORM_string:
4582 return "DW_FORM_string";
4584 return "DW_FORM_block";
4585 case DW_FORM_block1:
4586 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4588 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4590 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4592 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4594 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4596 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4597 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4598 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4600 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4602 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4604 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4606 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4607 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4608 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4609 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4610 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4612 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4616 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4617 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4618 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4619 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4623 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4625 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4626 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4627 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4628 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4631 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4632 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4633 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4635 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4638 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4639 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4640 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4641 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4645 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4647 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4649 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4650 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4651 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4652 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4655 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4660 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4664 ret_val = lookahead;
4665 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4666 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4668 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4670 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4671 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4672 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4673 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4674 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4675 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4676 if (DECL_P (ret_val))
4677 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val);
4683 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4684 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4688 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4690 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4692 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4693 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4695 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4696 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4698 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4699 context = NULL_TREE;
4704 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4705 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4708 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4710 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4712 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4713 die->die_attr = attr;
4717 static inline enum dw_val_class
4718 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4720 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4723 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4726 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4728 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4730 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4731 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4732 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4733 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4734 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4737 static inline unsigned
4738 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4740 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
4741 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4744 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4747 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4749 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4751 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4752 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4753 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4754 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4755 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4758 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4759 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4761 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
4762 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4765 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4768 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4769 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4771 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4773 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4774 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4775 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4776 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4777 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4780 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4781 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4783 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
4784 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4787 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4790 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4791 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4793 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4795 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4796 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4797 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4798 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4799 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4800 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4803 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4806 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4807 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
4809 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4811 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4812 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4813 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
4814 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
4815 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
4816 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
4817 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4820 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4823 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4825 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4829 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
4831 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4832 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4835 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4838 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4840 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4841 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4844 if (! debug_str_hash)
4845 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4846 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4848 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4849 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4851 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4852 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4853 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4856 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4857 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4858 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4859 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4860 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4863 static inline const char *
4864 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4866 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4867 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4870 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4871 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4874 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
4876 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4880 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4882 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4886 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4888 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4889 always better to put it inline. */
4890 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4891 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4893 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4894 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4896 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4897 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
4898 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4900 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
4901 ++dw2_string_counter;
4902 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4904 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4907 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4910 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4912 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4914 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4915 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4916 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4917 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4918 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4919 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4922 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4923 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4926 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4928 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
4929 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
4930 targ_die->die_definition = die;
4933 static inline dw_die_ref
4934 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
4936 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
4937 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4941 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
4943 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4944 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4950 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
4952 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
4953 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4956 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4959 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
4961 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4963 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4964 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4965 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4966 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4967 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4970 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4973 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4975 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4977 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4978 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4979 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4980 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4981 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4984 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4985 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
4987 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
4988 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4992 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
4994 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4996 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4997 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4998 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4999 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
5000 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5001 have_location_lists = 1;
5004 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5005 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
5007 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
5008 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
5011 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5014 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
5016 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5018 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5019 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5020 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
5021 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
5022 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5026 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
5028 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
5029 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
5032 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5035 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
5037 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5039 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5040 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5041 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
5042 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
5043 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5046 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5049 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *label)
5051 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5053 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5054 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5055 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
5056 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5057 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5060 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5063 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5064 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5066 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5068 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5069 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5070 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
5071 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5072 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5075 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5078 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5079 long unsigned int offset)
5081 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5083 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5084 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5085 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
5086 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5087 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5090 static inline const char *
5091 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
5093 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5094 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset));
5095 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
5098 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5101 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5104 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
5108 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5109 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5111 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
5112 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
5116 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
5122 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5123 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5124 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5126 static inline const char *
5127 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5129 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5131 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5134 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5135 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5136 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5138 static inline const char *
5139 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5141 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5143 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5146 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5147 NULL if it is not present. */
5149 static inline const char *
5150 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5152 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5154 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5157 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5158 if it is not present. */
5161 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5163 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5165 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5168 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5169 if it is not present. */
5171 static inline unsigned
5172 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5174 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5176 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5179 static inline dw_die_ref
5180 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5182 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5184 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5187 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5192 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5194 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
5195 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5198 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5203 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
5204 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5207 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5212 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5214 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
5215 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
5216 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
5219 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5224 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5226 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5229 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5234 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5236 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5239 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5241 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref);
5243 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a)
5245 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5246 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5247 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5250 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5253 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5256 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
5260 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
5261 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5264 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
5273 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5276 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5278 dw_die_ref current, prev, next;
5279 current = die->die_child;
5281 while (current != NULL)
5283 if (current->die_tag == tag)
5285 next = current->die_sib;
5287 die->die_child = next;
5289 prev->die_sib = next;
5296 current = current->die_sib;
5301 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5304 free_die (dw_die_ref die)
5306 remove_children (die);
5309 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5312 remove_children (dw_die_ref die)
5314 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
5316 die->die_child = NULL;
5318 while (child_die != NULL)
5320 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
5323 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
5325 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
5327 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
5329 a = a->dw_attr_next;
5337 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5338 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5341 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5343 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5345 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
5347 child_die->die_parent = die;
5348 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5349 die->die_child = child_die;
5353 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5354 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5357 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5361 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5362 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5363 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5365 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5371 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5372 || (child->die_parent
5373 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5375 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5378 *p = child->die_sib;
5382 child->die_parent = parent;
5383 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5384 parent->die_child = child;
5387 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5389 static inline dw_die_ref
5390 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5392 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5394 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5396 if (parent_die != NULL)
5397 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5400 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5402 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5403 limbo_node->die = die;
5404 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5405 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5406 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5412 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5414 static inline dw_die_ref
5415 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5417 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5420 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5423 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5425 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5428 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5431 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5433 return (hashval_t) ((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5436 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5439 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5441 return (((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5444 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5446 static inline dw_die_ref
5447 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5449 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5452 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5455 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5457 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5460 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5464 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5466 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5469 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5471 static inline var_loc_list *
5472 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl)
5474 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5477 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5480 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5482 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5485 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5487 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5490 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5493 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
5495 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5499 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5502 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list));
5503 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5511 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5512 we have nothing to do. */
5513 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
5514 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
5516 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5517 temp->last->next = loc;
5521 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5522 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
5529 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5530 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5531 the DIE internal representation. */
5532 static int print_indent;
5534 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5537 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5539 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5542 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5543 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5546 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5551 print_spaces (outfile);
5552 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5553 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5554 print_spaces (outfile);
5555 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5556 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5558 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5560 print_spaces (outfile);
5561 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5563 switch (AT_class (a))
5565 case dw_val_class_addr:
5566 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5568 case dw_val_class_offset:
5569 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5571 case dw_val_class_loc:
5572 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5574 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5575 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5576 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5578 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5579 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5581 case dw_val_class_const:
5582 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5584 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5585 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5587 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5588 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5589 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5590 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5592 case dw_val_class_vec:
5593 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5595 case dw_val_class_flag:
5596 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5598 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5599 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5601 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5602 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5604 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5607 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5609 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5610 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5611 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5613 case dw_val_class_str:
5614 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5615 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5617 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5623 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5626 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5629 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5630 print_die (c, outfile);
5634 if (print_indent == 0)
5635 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5638 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5639 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5642 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5645 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5647 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5648 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5650 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5651 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5652 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5653 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5654 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5655 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5658 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5661 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5664 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5666 print_die (die, stderr);
5669 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5670 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5676 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5677 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5678 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5681 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5682 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5683 they are in order of addition. */
5686 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die)
5688 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5689 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5691 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5693 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5694 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5700 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5707 die->die_child = cp;
5710 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5711 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5712 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5713 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5714 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5717 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
5721 reverse_die_lists (die);
5723 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5724 reverse_all_dies (c);
5727 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5728 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5729 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5732 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5734 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5735 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5737 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5741 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5744 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5746 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5748 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5752 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5753 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5755 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5758 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5760 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5761 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5762 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5765 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5768 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5770 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5773 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5775 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5776 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5777 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5778 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5779 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5782 switch (AT_class (at))
5784 case dw_val_class_const:
5785 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5787 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5788 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5790 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5791 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5793 case dw_val_class_vec:
5794 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
5796 case dw_val_class_flag:
5797 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5799 case dw_val_class_str:
5800 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5803 case dw_val_class_addr:
5805 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
5806 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5809 case dw_val_class_offset:
5810 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5813 case dw_val_class_loc:
5814 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5815 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5818 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5819 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5822 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5823 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5824 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5832 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5835 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5840 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5843 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5846 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5848 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5850 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5851 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5853 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5854 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5858 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5860 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5862 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
5864 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5865 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5866 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5869 /* Do the values look the same? */
5871 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
5873 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5876 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5879 switch (v1->val_class)
5881 case dw_val_class_const:
5882 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5883 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5884 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5885 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5886 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5887 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
5888 case dw_val_class_vec:
5889 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
5890 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
5892 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
5893 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
5896 case dw_val_class_flag:
5897 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
5898 case dw_val_class_str:
5899 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
5901 case dw_val_class_addr:
5902 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
5903 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
5904 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
5906 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1) == SYMBOL_REF);
5907 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
5909 case dw_val_class_offset:
5910 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
5912 case dw_val_class_loc:
5913 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
5915 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
5916 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
5918 return !loc1 && !loc2;
5920 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5921 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
5923 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5924 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5925 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5933 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5936 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
5938 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
5941 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5942 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5943 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5944 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5945 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5948 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
5951 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5954 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
5959 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5961 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
5962 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5964 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
5967 for (a1 = die1->die_attr, a2 = die2->die_attr;
5969 a1 = a1->dw_attr_next, a2 = a2->dw_attr_next)
5970 if (!same_attr_p (a1, a2, mark))
5975 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
5977 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
5978 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
5986 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5989 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
5992 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
5994 unmark_all_dies (die1);
5995 unmark_all_dies (die2);
6000 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6002 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
6004 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6005 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
6007 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6008 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6011 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
6013 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
6014 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
6015 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
6018 unsigned char checksum[16];
6021 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6022 the name filename of the unit. */
6024 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6026 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
6027 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6028 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6030 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6031 clean_symbol_name (name);
6033 p = name + strlen (name);
6034 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6036 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6040 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6041 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6044 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6047 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6049 switch (die->die_tag)
6051 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6052 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6053 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6054 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6055 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6056 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6057 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6058 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6059 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6060 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6061 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6062 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6063 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6064 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6065 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6066 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6067 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6068 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6075 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6076 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6077 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6078 compilations (functions). */
6081 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6083 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6084 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6085 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6086 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6088 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6091 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6092 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6093 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6094 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6096 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6098 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6101 return is_type_die (c);
6104 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6105 compilation unit. */
6108 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6110 return (is_type_die (c)
6111 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
6112 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
6116 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6120 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6121 return xstrdup (buf);
6124 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6127 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6131 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6133 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6135 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6137 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6138 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6139 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6142 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6145 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6146 assign_symbol_names (c);
6149 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6152 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6153 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6156 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6158 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6160 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6162 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6166 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6168 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6169 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6171 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6175 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6177 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6187 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6190 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6192 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6193 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6195 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6197 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6198 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6202 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6204 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6210 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6214 entry = xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry));
6216 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6217 entry->next = *slot;
6223 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6225 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6227 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6229 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6230 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6234 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6237 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6238 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6239 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6242 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6245 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6246 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6247 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6249 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
6251 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
6253 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6254 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6256 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6259 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6261 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6264 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6266 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6270 add_child_die (unit, c);
6274 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6275 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
6281 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6282 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6286 assign_symbol_names (die);
6287 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6288 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6294 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6295 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6296 &comdat_symbol_number);
6297 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6299 *pnode = node->next;
6302 pnode = &node->next;
6303 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6304 comdat_symbol_number);
6307 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6310 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6311 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6312 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6315 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6319 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6320 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6321 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6322 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6324 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6325 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6328 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6331 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6336 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6337 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6338 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
6340 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6341 output_location_lists (c);
6345 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6346 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6347 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6348 die are visited recursively. */
6351 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6353 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6354 unsigned int n_alloc;
6356 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
6358 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6359 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6360 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6361 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6362 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
6364 gcc_assert (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol);
6366 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
6369 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6371 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6373 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
6375 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
6377 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
6378 d_attr = die->die_attr;
6380 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
6382 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
6383 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
6386 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
6387 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
6390 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
6396 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6398 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6400 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6401 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6402 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6404 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6405 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6406 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6409 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6410 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6413 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6414 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6415 build_abbrev_table (c);
6418 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6421 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6428 log = floor_log2 (value);
6431 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6436 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6437 .debug_info section. */
6439 static unsigned long
6440 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6442 unsigned long size = 0;
6445 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6446 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6448 switch (AT_class (a))
6450 case dw_val_class_addr:
6451 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6453 case dw_val_class_offset:
6454 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6456 case dw_val_class_loc:
6458 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6461 size += constant_size (lsize);
6465 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6466 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6468 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6469 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6471 case dw_val_class_const:
6472 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6474 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6475 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6477 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6478 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6480 case dw_val_class_vec:
6481 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6482 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6484 case dw_val_class_flag:
6487 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6488 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6489 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6491 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6493 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6494 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6496 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6497 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6499 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6500 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6502 case dw_val_class_str:
6503 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6504 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6506 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6516 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6517 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6518 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6519 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6522 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6526 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6527 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6529 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6532 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6533 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6534 next_die_offset += 1;
6537 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6538 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6539 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6540 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6543 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6547 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
6550 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6554 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6557 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6561 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
6564 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6568 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6571 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6580 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6581 unmark_all_dies (c);
6583 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6584 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6585 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6588 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6589 compilation unit. */
6591 static unsigned long
6592 size_of_pubnames (void)
6597 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6598 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6600 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6601 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6604 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6608 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6610 static unsigned long
6611 size_of_aranges (void)
6615 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6617 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6618 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6619 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6621 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6622 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6626 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6628 static enum dwarf_form
6629 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6631 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6633 case dw_val_class_addr:
6634 return DW_FORM_addr;
6635 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6636 case dw_val_class_offset:
6637 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6640 return DW_FORM_data4;
6642 return DW_FORM_data8;
6646 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6647 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6648 .debug_loc section */
6649 return DW_FORM_data4;
6650 case dw_val_class_loc:
6651 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6654 return DW_FORM_block1;
6656 return DW_FORM_block2;
6660 case dw_val_class_const:
6661 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6662 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6663 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6666 return DW_FORM_data1;
6668 return DW_FORM_data2;
6670 return DW_FORM_data4;
6672 return DW_FORM_data8;
6676 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6677 return DW_FORM_block1;
6678 case dw_val_class_vec:
6679 return DW_FORM_block1;
6680 case dw_val_class_flag:
6681 return DW_FORM_flag;
6682 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6683 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6684 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6687 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6688 return DW_FORM_data;
6689 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6690 return DW_FORM_addr;
6691 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6692 return DW_FORM_data;
6693 case dw_val_class_str:
6694 return AT_string_form (a);
6701 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6704 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6706 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6708 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6711 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6715 output_abbrev_section (void)
6717 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6721 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6723 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6725 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6726 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6727 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6729 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6730 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6732 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6734 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6735 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6737 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6738 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6739 output_value_format (a_attr);
6742 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6743 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6746 /* Terminate the table. */
6747 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6750 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6753 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6755 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6760 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6761 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6762 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6764 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
6766 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6769 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6770 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6771 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6773 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6774 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6775 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6777 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6779 retlist->begin = begin;
6781 retlist->expr = expr;
6782 retlist->section = section;
6784 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6789 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6792 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6793 const char *begin, const char *end,
6794 const char *section)
6798 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6799 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6802 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6803 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6807 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
6812 internal_error ("Attempt to switch text sections without any code.");
6814 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
6815 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = true;
6816 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = cfun->hot_section_label;
6817 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = cfun->hot_section_end_label;
6818 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
6819 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = cfun->cold_section_end_label;
6820 separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
6823 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6826 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
6828 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6830 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6832 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
6833 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6836 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
6838 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6839 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6840 list_head->ll_symbol);
6841 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6842 "Location list end address (%s)",
6843 list_head->ll_symbol);
6847 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
6848 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6849 list_head->ll_symbol);
6850 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
6851 "Location list end address (%s)",
6852 list_head->ll_symbol);
6854 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6856 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6857 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
6858 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6860 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6863 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6864 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6865 list_head->ll_symbol);
6866 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6867 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6868 list_head->ll_symbol);
6871 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6872 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6875 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
6881 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6882 them to point to. */
6883 if (die->die_symbol)
6884 output_die_symbol (die);
6886 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6887 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6889 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6891 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6893 switch (AT_class (a))
6895 case dw_val_class_addr:
6896 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6899 case dw_val_class_offset:
6900 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
6904 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6906 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
6908 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
6909 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6910 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
6916 case dw_val_class_loc:
6917 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6919 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6920 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6922 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6925 case dw_val_class_const:
6926 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6927 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6928 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6929 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6932 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6933 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6934 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6937 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6939 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
6941 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6942 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6945 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6947 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6948 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6952 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6953 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6956 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6957 first, "long long constant");
6958 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6963 case dw_val_class_vec:
6965 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
6966 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
6970 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
6971 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
6976 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
6979 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
6980 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
6984 case dw_val_class_flag:
6985 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
6988 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6990 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
6993 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6997 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6998 if (AT_ref_external (a))
7000 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
7003 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
7007 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7008 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
7013 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
7017 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
7018 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
7019 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
7023 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7024 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7027 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
7028 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7031 case dw_val_class_str:
7032 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
7033 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7034 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
7035 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
7037 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
7045 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
7048 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7049 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7050 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7054 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7055 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7058 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7060 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7061 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7062 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7063 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7064 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
7065 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7066 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
7067 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
7068 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7069 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7072 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7075 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
7077 const char *secname;
7080 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7081 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
7084 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7085 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7086 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7087 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7088 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7091 build_abbrev_table (die);
7093 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7094 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7095 calc_die_sizes (die);
7097 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
7100 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
7102 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
7104 die->die_symbol = NULL;
7107 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
7109 /* Output debugging information. */
7110 named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
7111 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7114 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7119 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
7123 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
7124 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7125 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7128 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
7130 return lang_hooks.decl_printable_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
7133 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7136 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7140 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7143 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
7145 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7147 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
7148 (pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
7149 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
7150 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
7153 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
7155 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7158 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7159 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7160 visible procedures. */
7163 output_pubnames (void)
7166 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
7168 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7169 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7170 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7171 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7172 "Length of Public Names Info");
7173 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7174 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7175 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7176 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7177 "Compilation Unit Length");
7179 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
7181 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
7183 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7184 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
7186 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7189 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7192 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7195 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7198 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7200 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7203 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7205 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7206 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7207 (arange_table_allocated
7208 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7209 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7210 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7213 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7216 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7217 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7218 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7221 output_aranges (void)
7224 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7226 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7227 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7228 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7229 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7230 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7231 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7232 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7233 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7234 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7235 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7237 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7238 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7240 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7242 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7243 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7244 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7245 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7248 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7249 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7250 text_section_label, "Length");
7251 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
7253 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
7255 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
7256 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
7259 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7261 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7263 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7264 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7266 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7268 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7270 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7271 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7275 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7276 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7277 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7278 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7279 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7281 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7284 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
7286 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7287 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7288 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7289 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7294 /* Output the terminator words. */
7295 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7296 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7299 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7303 add_ranges (tree block)
7305 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7307 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7309 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7311 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7312 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7313 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7314 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7317 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7318 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7320 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7324 output_ranges (void)
7327 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7328 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7330 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7332 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7336 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7337 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7339 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7340 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7342 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7343 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7344 base of the text section. */
7345 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
7347 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7349 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7350 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7351 text_section_label, NULL);
7354 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7355 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7356 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7357 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7360 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7361 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7362 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7369 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7370 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7376 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7379 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7380 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7381 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7382 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7383 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7386 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7390 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7391 int length; /* Path length. */
7392 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7393 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7394 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7395 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7398 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7399 the directories in the path. */
7402 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7404 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7405 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7409 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7410 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7411 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7412 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7413 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7414 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7415 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7417 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7418 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7424 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7425 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7426 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7427 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7428 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7430 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7431 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7436 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7437 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7438 slowdowns with many input files. */
7441 output_file_names (void)
7443 struct file_info *files;
7444 struct dir_info *dirs;
7453 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7454 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) <= 1)
7456 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7457 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7461 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7462 files = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct file_info));
7463 dirs = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7465 /* Sort the file names. */
7466 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7470 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7471 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7472 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7475 /* Create a new array entry. */
7477 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7478 files[i].file_idx = i;
7480 /* Search for the file name part. */
7481 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7482 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7485 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7486 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7488 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7489 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7490 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7491 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7493 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7495 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7498 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7499 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7500 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7501 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7503 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7504 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7505 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7511 /* This is a new directory. */
7512 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7513 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7514 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7515 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7516 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7517 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7519 /* Search for a prefix. */
7520 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7521 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7522 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7523 && dirs[j].length > 1
7524 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7525 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7526 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7527 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7532 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7533 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7534 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7535 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7536 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7537 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7538 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7539 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7541 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7542 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7547 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7548 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7549 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7550 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7552 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7555 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7557 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7562 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7567 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7568 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7570 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7571 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7576 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7578 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7580 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7581 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7582 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7584 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7585 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7587 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7588 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7593 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7594 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7595 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7596 backmap = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7597 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7599 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7601 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7602 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7605 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7606 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7607 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7608 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7609 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7611 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7612 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7613 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7615 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7616 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7617 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7620 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7622 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7624 if (idx_offset == 0)
7627 /* Now write all the file names. */
7628 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7630 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7631 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7633 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7634 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i);
7636 /* Include directory index. */
7637 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7639 /* Modification time. */
7640 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7642 /* File length in bytes. */
7643 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7646 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7650 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7651 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7654 output_line_info (void)
7656 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7657 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7658 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7661 unsigned long lt_index;
7662 unsigned long current_line;
7665 unsigned long current_file;
7666 unsigned long function;
7668 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7669 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7670 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7671 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7673 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7674 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7675 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7676 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7677 "Length of Source Line Info");
7678 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7680 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7681 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7682 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7684 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7685 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7686 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7687 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7688 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7689 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7690 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7691 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7692 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7693 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7695 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7696 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7697 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7698 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7699 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7700 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7701 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7702 "Special Opcode Base");
7704 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7708 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7709 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7710 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7711 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7712 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7720 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7724 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7725 output_file_names ();
7726 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7728 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7729 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7730 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7732 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7733 a series of state machine operations. */
7738 && (last_text_section == in_unlikely_executed_text
7739 || (last_text_section == in_named
7740 && last_text_section_name == cfun->unlikely_text_section_name)))
7741 strcpy (prev_line_label, cfun->cold_section_label);
7743 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7744 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7746 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7749 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7750 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7753 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7754 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7755 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7756 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7757 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7761 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7763 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7764 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7765 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7766 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7767 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7768 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7770 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7773 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7774 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7775 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7776 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7780 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7781 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7782 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7783 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7785 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7788 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7790 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7791 different from the previous line. */
7792 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7794 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7795 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7796 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7797 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7801 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7802 that uses the least amount of space. */
7803 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7805 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7806 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7807 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7808 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7809 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7810 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7812 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7813 "line %lu", current_line);
7816 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7817 depending on the value being encoded. */
7818 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7819 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7820 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7821 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7825 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7826 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7829 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7832 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7833 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7834 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7838 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7839 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7840 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7841 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7844 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7845 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7846 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7851 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7853 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7854 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7857 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7858 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7859 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7860 && line_info->function == function)
7864 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7865 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7866 to handle it differently. */
7867 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7869 if (function != line_info->function)
7871 function = line_info->function;
7873 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7874 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7875 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7876 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7877 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7881 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7884 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7885 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7886 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7890 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7891 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7892 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7893 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7897 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7899 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7900 different from the previous line. */
7901 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7903 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7904 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7905 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7906 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7910 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7911 that uses the least amount of space. */
7912 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7914 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7915 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7916 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7917 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7918 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7919 "line %lu", current_line);
7922 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7923 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7924 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7925 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7929 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7937 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7938 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
7939 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
7944 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7945 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
7948 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7949 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7950 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7955 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7956 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7957 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7960 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7961 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7962 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7963 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7967 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7968 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
7971 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7972 a DIE that describes the given type.
7974 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7975 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7978 base_type_die (tree type)
7980 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
7981 const char *type_name;
7982 enum dwarf_type encoding;
7983 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7985 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
7990 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7991 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7993 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
7996 type_name = "__unknown__";
7998 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8001 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
8002 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
8003 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
8005 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
8006 && (type == char_type_node
8007 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
8008 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
8010 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8011 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
8013 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
8016 /* else fall through. */
8019 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
8020 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8021 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
8023 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
8027 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
8030 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8031 a user defined type for it. */
8033 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
8034 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
8036 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
8040 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8041 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
8045 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8049 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8050 if (demangle_name_func)
8051 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
8053 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
8054 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
8055 int_size_in_bytes (type));
8056 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
8058 return base_type_result;
8061 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
8062 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
8063 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
8064 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
8065 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
8066 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
8067 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
8068 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
8071 root_type (tree type)
8073 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8074 return error_mark_node;
8076 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8079 return error_mark_node;
8082 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8083 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
8086 return type_main_variant (type);
8090 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8091 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8094 is_base_type (tree type)
8096 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8110 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8115 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8128 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8129 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8130 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8131 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8134 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8135 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
8137 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8138 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8139 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
8141 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
8142 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
8144 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8147 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8148 emitted as a subrange type. */
8151 is_subrange_type (tree type)
8153 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8155 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8156 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8157 or an enumeral type. */
8159 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE
8160 || subtype == NULL_TREE)
8163 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) != INTEGER_TYPE
8164 && TREE_CODE (subtype) != ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8167 if (TREE_CODE (type) == TREE_CODE (subtype)
8168 && int_size_in_bytes (type) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype)
8169 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL
8170 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8171 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype))
8172 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL
8173 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8174 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype)))
8176 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8177 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8178 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8179 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8180 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8181 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8182 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8183 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8184 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8185 keep checking the actual size. */
8186 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8187 tree subtype_name = TYPE_NAME (subtype);
8189 if (type_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (type_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8190 type_name = DECL_NAME (type_name);
8192 if (subtype_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (subtype_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8193 subtype_name = DECL_NAME (subtype_name);
8195 if (type_name == subtype_name)
8202 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8203 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8206 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
8208 dw_die_ref subtype_die;
8209 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8210 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8211 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
8212 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8214 if (context_die == NULL)
8215 context_die = comp_unit_die;
8217 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8218 subtype_die = gen_enumeration_type_die (subtype, context_die);
8220 subtype_die = base_type_die (subtype);
8222 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
8226 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8227 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8228 add_name_attribute (subrange_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
8231 if (int_size_in_bytes (subtype) != size_in_bytes)
8233 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8234 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8235 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
8238 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8239 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
8240 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
8241 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8242 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
8243 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
8244 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, DW_AT_type, subtype_die);
8246 return subrange_die;
8249 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8250 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8253 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
8254 dw_die_ref context_die)
8256 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8257 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
8258 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8259 tree item_type = NULL;
8261 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
8263 tree qualified_type;
8265 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8268 = get_qualified_type (type,
8269 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8271 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8273 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8276 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8278 return mod_type_die;
8281 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8282 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
8283 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
8284 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
8286 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
8287 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
8289 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8291 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8292 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8293 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8295 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8296 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
8297 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8298 type to which it refers. */
8300 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
8301 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8304 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8310 else if (is_const_type)
8312 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8313 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8315 else if (is_volatile_type)
8317 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8318 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8320 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8322 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8323 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8324 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8326 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8328 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8330 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8332 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8333 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8334 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8336 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8338 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8340 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8341 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8342 else if (is_base_type (type))
8343 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8346 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8348 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8349 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8350 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8351 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8352 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8354 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8355 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8357 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8358 not the main variant. */
8359 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8360 gcc_assert (mod_type_die);
8363 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8364 type = qualified_type;
8368 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
8370 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8371 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8372 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8373 types are possible in Ada. */
8374 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8375 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8376 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8379 if (sub_die != NULL)
8380 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8382 return mod_type_die;
8385 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8386 an enumerated type. */
8389 type_is_enum (tree type)
8391 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8394 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8397 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl)
8399 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8401 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
8403 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8406 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8407 zero if there is none. */
8409 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8410 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8415 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8418 reg = dbx_reg_number (rtl);
8419 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
8421 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1
8423 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8425 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8428 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8429 a given hard register number. */
8431 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8432 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8435 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8437 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8440 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8441 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8443 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8444 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8448 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8450 reg = dbx_reg_number (rtl);
8451 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
8453 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8454 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8456 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8463 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8464 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8465 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0));
8471 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8473 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
8475 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8478 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8482 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8483 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8484 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8485 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0));
8490 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8492 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8493 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8495 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8497 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8498 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8502 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8505 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8507 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8517 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8519 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8520 || i >= -0x80000000)
8526 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8529 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8531 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8532 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset, bool can_use_fbreg)
8534 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
8535 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8536 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8538 unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8539 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8540 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
8542 if (reg == fp_reg && can_use_fbreg)
8543 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8545 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
8547 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
8552 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8555 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8557 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8558 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8559 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8560 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8563 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8564 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8565 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8566 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8568 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8569 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8570 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8571 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8573 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8574 autoincrement addressing modes.
8576 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the location
8577 list for RTL. We can't use it when we are emitting location list for
8578 virtual variable frame_base_decl (i.e. a location list for DW_AT_frame_base)
8579 which describes how frame base changes when !frame_pointer_needed.
8581 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8583 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8584 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode, bool can_use_fbreg)
8586 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8587 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8589 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8590 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8591 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8592 zeroth element of the array. */
8594 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
8596 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8601 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8602 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8604 /* ... fall through ... */
8607 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8608 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8609 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8610 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8611 contains the given subreg. */
8612 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8614 /* ... fall through ... */
8617 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8618 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8619 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8620 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8621 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8622 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8623 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8624 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8625 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8626 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8627 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8628 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8629 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8630 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8631 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (dbx_reg_number (rtl), 0,
8636 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
8638 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8639 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8643 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8645 /* ... fall through ... */
8648 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8649 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8653 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8654 by a different symbol. */
8655 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8658 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8660 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8663 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8664 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8669 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8670 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8671 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8672 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8677 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8678 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8679 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8680 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
8684 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8686 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8691 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8693 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8694 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8695 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8696 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8698 /* ... fall through ... */
8702 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8703 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (dbx_reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
8704 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
8708 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
8710 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8713 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8714 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8715 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8716 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8717 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8720 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8721 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
8723 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8724 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8729 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8730 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
8749 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
8751 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
8754 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8757 mem_loc_result = op0;
8758 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8759 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8764 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8771 return mem_loc_result;
8774 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8775 This is typically a complex variable. */
8777 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8778 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
8780 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8781 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0, false);
8782 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1, false);
8784 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8787 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8788 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8789 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8790 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
8792 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8793 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8794 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8795 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
8797 return cc_loc_result;
8800 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8801 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8802 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8803 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8804 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8806 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8808 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8809 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, bool can_use_fbreg)
8811 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8813 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8816 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8817 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8818 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8819 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8820 contains the given subreg. */
8821 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8823 /* ... fall through ... */
8826 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8830 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
8835 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8840 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
8842 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0), can_use_fbreg);
8846 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8851 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
8852 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
8853 enum machine_mode mode;
8856 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
8857 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
8859 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8860 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
8861 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
8862 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
8864 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
8866 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
8868 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
8869 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8870 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
8871 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8872 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
8884 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8885 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
8886 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
8887 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
8888 the value of LOC. */
8890 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8891 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc, int want_address)
8893 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
8894 int have_address = 0;
8895 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8896 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8898 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8899 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8902 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
8907 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
8908 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8909 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8910 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8911 the names of types. */
8917 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
8918 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
8919 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
8920 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
8921 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
8925 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
8929 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
8930 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
8933 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc))
8937 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8938 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8942 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8943 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8944 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
8947 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8948 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8953 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8954 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8957 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
8958 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8959 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8961 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
8962 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8970 if (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc))
8971 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc), want_address);
8976 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8978 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8980 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_INT)
8982 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
8983 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
8984 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
8985 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
8987 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
8989 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8991 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8992 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8993 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8997 enum machine_mode mode;
8999 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9000 if (want_address == 2)
9001 return loc_descriptor (rtl, false);
9003 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9006 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9009 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, false);
9015 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9020 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
9024 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9025 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9028 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
9033 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
9036 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
9037 enum machine_mode mode;
9040 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
9041 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
9046 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj, 1);
9048 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
9051 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
9053 /* Variable offset. */
9054 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset, 0));
9055 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9058 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9060 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
9061 else if (bytepos < 0)
9063 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
9064 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9072 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
9073 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
9080 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9081 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
9082 enum machine_mode mode;
9084 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
9086 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9087 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9088 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, false);
9093 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
9094 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
9099 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
9105 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
9110 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
9112 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
9113 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
9121 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
9123 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
9124 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
9137 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
9141 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9142 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
9144 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9148 add_loc_descr (&ret,
9149 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9150 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
9160 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9167 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9174 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9181 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9196 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9197 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9198 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
9201 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9202 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9205 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
9219 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9223 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9229 const enum tree_code code =
9230 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
9232 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
9233 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
9234 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
9235 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
9238 /* ... fall through ... */
9242 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9243 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9244 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9245 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
9246 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
9248 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9249 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
9252 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
9253 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
9255 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
9256 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
9257 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
9259 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
9260 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9261 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
9263 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9264 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
9265 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
9266 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9267 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
9271 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
9273 case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR:
9274 case FIX_ROUND_EXPR:
9278 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9279 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9280 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
9281 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
9284 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9285 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9286 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9289 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9290 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9295 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9296 if (want_address && !have_address)
9299 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9300 if (!want_address && have_address)
9302 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9304 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
9306 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
9309 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
9311 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
9317 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9318 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc)
9320 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc, 2);
9323 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9324 which is not less than the value itself. */
9326 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9327 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
9329 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
9332 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9333 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9334 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9338 field_type (tree decl)
9342 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9343 return integer_type_node;
9345 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9346 if (type == NULL_TREE)
9347 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9352 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9353 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9354 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9356 static inline unsigned
9357 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
9359 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9362 static inline unsigned
9363 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
9365 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9368 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9369 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9370 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9371 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9372 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9375 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9376 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
9378 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
9379 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
9380 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
9381 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
9383 tree field_size_tree;
9384 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9385 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
9386 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
9388 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9391 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
9393 type = field_type (decl);
9394 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
9396 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9397 a flexible array member. */
9398 if (! field_size_tree)
9399 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
9401 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9402 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9403 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9404 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9407 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9409 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9410 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
9411 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
9413 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
9415 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9416 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
9417 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
9419 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9420 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9421 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9422 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9423 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9424 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9425 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9426 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9428 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9430 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9431 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9432 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9433 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9434 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9435 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9436 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9437 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9438 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9439 bits of the bit-field itself.
9441 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9442 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9443 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9444 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9445 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9446 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9447 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9448 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9449 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9451 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9452 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9453 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9454 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9455 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9456 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9458 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9459 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9460 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9462 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9463 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9464 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9466 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9467 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9468 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9469 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9471 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9473 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9474 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9476 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9477 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9478 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9479 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9482 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9485 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9486 associated with them. */
9488 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9490 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9491 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9492 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9495 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9496 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9499 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9502 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9503 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9504 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9505 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9506 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9507 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9510 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9511 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9512 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9513 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9514 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9515 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9516 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9517 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9518 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9522 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9524 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9525 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9527 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
9529 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9530 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
9532 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9533 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9534 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9535 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9537 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9539 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9541 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9543 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9544 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9545 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9547 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9548 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9549 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9551 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9552 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9553 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
9555 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9556 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9557 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9558 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9560 /* Extract the offset. */
9561 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9562 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9564 /* Add it to the object address. */
9565 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9566 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9569 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9572 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9576 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9578 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9579 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9580 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9582 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9583 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9584 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9588 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9591 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9594 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9597 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9600 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
9604 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
9610 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9612 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9613 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
9615 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
9621 val |= *--src & 0xff;
9627 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9630 insert_float (rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
9636 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9637 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
9639 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9640 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
9642 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
9647 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9648 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9649 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9650 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9651 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9654 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9656 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9660 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9663 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9665 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9670 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9671 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9672 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9673 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9675 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9677 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
9679 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
9680 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
9682 insert_float (rtl, array);
9683 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
9687 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9688 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
9690 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9691 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9698 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9699 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
9700 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
9701 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
9705 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
9707 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
9708 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9710 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9711 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
9713 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
9721 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
9722 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
9729 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
9730 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
9733 unsigned char *p0 = p;
9734 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
9736 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
9737 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
9742 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
9743 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
9748 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
9749 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9751 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9752 insert_float (elt, p);
9760 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
9765 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9771 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9772 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
9776 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9777 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9778 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9779 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9780 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9781 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9782 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9783 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9784 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9785 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9786 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9790 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9796 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
9797 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
9800 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
9804 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9805 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9806 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9808 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
9809 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
9810 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9812 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9814 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9815 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9816 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9817 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9818 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9819 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
9820 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
9822 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9823 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9824 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9825 /* Aggregate, vector, and complex types may contain constructors that may
9826 result in code being generated when expand_expr is called, so we can't
9827 handle them here. Integer and float are useful and safe types to handle
9829 else if ((INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (type) || SCALAR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (type))
9830 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
9832 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9834 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9835 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
9841 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
9844 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
9848 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9849 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9850 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9852 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9853 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9854 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9855 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9856 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9857 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9858 referenced within the function.
9860 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9861 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9862 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9863 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9865 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9866 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9867 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9868 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9869 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9870 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9872 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9873 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9874 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9875 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9876 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9877 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9878 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9879 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9880 output at debug-time.
9882 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9883 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9884 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9885 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9886 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9887 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9888 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9889 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9890 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9891 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9892 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9893 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9894 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9896 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9897 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9898 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9899 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9900 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9901 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9902 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9903 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9906 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9907 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9908 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9909 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9910 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9911 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9912 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9913 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9914 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9915 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9916 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
9918 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9919 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
9921 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9922 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9924 if (! reload_completed)
9927 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
9929 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
9931 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
9932 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
9934 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
9939 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
9941 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
9943 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9944 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
9945 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
9946 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
9948 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9949 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9950 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9952 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9953 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
9954 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
9955 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
9957 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9960 else if (MEM_P (inc))
9962 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
9963 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
9964 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
9965 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
9972 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9973 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9974 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9975 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9976 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9977 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9979 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
9980 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
9981 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
9982 /* Not passed in memory. */
9983 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
9984 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9985 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
9986 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9987 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9988 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9989 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9992 /* Big endian correction check. */
9994 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
9995 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
9998 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
9999 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
10001 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10002 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
10005 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10008 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
10009 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10011 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
10012 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
10014 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10015 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10016 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10017 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10018 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10019 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10021 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10022 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
10025 if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
10027 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
10028 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
10029 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
10030 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
10034 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10035 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10036 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10037 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10038 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
10041 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10043 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10044 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10045 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10047 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
10052 /* Return true if DECL's containing function has a frame base attribute.
10053 Return false otherwise. */
10056 containing_function_has_frame_base (tree decl)
10058 tree declcontext = decl_function_context (decl);
10059 dw_die_ref context;
10065 context = lookup_decl_die (declcontext);
10069 for (attr = context->die_attr; attr; attr = attr->dw_attr_next)
10070 if (attr->dw_attr == DW_AT_frame_base)
10075 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10076 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10077 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10078 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10079 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10080 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10081 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10082 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10083 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10084 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10087 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
10088 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
10091 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
10092 var_loc_list *loc_list;
10094 struct var_loc_node *node;
10095 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10098 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
10099 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
10101 can_use_fb = containing_function_has_frame_base (decl);
10103 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10104 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
10106 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10108 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
10110 const char *secname;
10111 const char *endname;
10112 dw_loc_list_ref list;
10115 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base
10116 for the address ranges where a given location is valid.
10117 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it,
10119 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use
10121 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10122 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, this
10125 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10127 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
10128 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10130 else if (current_function_decl
10131 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
10133 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
10134 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10137 && (last_text_section == in_unlikely_executed_text
10138 || (last_text_section == in_named
10139 && last_text_section_name ==
10140 cfun->unlikely_text_section_name)))
10141 secname = cfun->cold_section_label;
10143 secname = text_section_label;
10145 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10146 actually construct the list of locations.
10147 The first location information is what is passed to the
10148 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10149 locations just get added on to that list.
10150 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10151 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10152 the range [current location start, next location start].
10153 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10154 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10156 node = loc_list->first;
10157 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10158 list = new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc, can_use_fb),
10159 node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
10162 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
10163 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10165 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10166 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10167 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10168 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list,
10169 loc_descriptor (varloc,
10171 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
10174 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10175 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10176 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10178 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10180 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10181 if (!current_function_decl)
10182 endname = text_end_label;
10185 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10186 current_function_funcdef_no);
10187 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
10189 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list,
10190 loc_descriptor (varloc,
10192 node->label, endname, secname);
10195 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10196 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr, list);
10200 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10203 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
10204 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING))
10206 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
10210 /* We couldn't get any rtl, and we had no >1 element location list, so try
10211 directly generating the location description from the tree. */
10212 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl);
10215 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10219 /* Lastly, if we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10220 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10221 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10222 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
10224 node = loc_list->first;
10225 descr = loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note),
10228 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10232 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10233 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10234 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10237 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
10239 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10240 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10243 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init)
10248 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
10250 add_const_value_attribute (var_die, rtl);
10253 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10254 the value of the attribute. */
10257 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
10259 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
10261 if (demangle_name_func)
10262 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
10264 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
10268 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10271 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
10273 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
10275 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10278 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10279 a representation for that bound. */
10282 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
10284 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
10289 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10291 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
10292 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
10293 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
10294 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
10295 /* Use the default. */
10298 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
10303 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
10304 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
10305 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
10315 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
10317 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10318 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10319 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10320 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10321 later parameter. */
10322 if (decl_die != NULL)
10323 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10329 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10330 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10332 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
10333 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10335 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound);
10339 if (current_function_decl == 0)
10340 ctx = comp_unit_die;
10342 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
10344 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
10345 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10346 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
10347 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
10349 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10355 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10356 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10359 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
10361 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10362 unsigned dimension_number;
10365 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
10367 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10368 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10369 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10370 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10371 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10372 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10373 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10374 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10376 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10377 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10378 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10379 gen_array_type_die. */
10380 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10381 for (dimension_number = 0;
10382 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
10383 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
10386 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10388 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10389 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10391 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
10394 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10395 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
10396 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
10398 /* Define the index type. */
10399 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
10401 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10402 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10403 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10404 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
10405 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
10406 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10407 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
10410 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
10414 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10415 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10417 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10418 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10419 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10421 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
10423 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
10426 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10427 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10433 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
10437 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
10442 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10445 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10446 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
10449 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10450 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10451 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10452 even for bit-fields. */
10453 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10456 gcc_unreachable ();
10459 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10460 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10461 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10462 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10463 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
10466 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10467 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10468 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10471 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10472 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10473 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10474 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10475 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10476 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10478 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10479 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10480 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10483 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10485 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
10486 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
10487 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
10488 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
10489 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
10490 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
10492 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10493 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
10495 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10496 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10497 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10498 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
10499 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10502 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
10504 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10505 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10506 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10507 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10508 below must take account of these differences. */
10509 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10510 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
10512 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10514 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
10515 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
10519 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10520 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
10521 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
10523 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
10526 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10527 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10530 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10532 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10533 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
10534 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
10536 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10537 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
10540 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10541 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10544 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
10546 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
10547 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
10548 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
10551 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10552 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10556 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
10558 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
10560 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
10562 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10563 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10564 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10566 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10567 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10571 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
10573 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
10575 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
10578 if (DECL_P (origin))
10579 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
10580 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
10581 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
10583 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10584 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
10585 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
10586 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
10587 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
10588 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
10589 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
10593 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10596 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10599 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
10601 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10603 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10605 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10606 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10607 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10608 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10611 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10612 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10613 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10614 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10618 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10621 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10623 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
10624 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
10626 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10627 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
10630 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10631 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10634 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10638 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10639 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10641 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10642 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10643 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10645 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10646 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10647 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10648 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10649 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10650 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10653 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10654 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10655 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10656 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10658 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10659 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10660 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10665 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10668 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
10670 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
10673 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10676 pop_decl_scope (void)
10678 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
10681 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10682 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10683 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10684 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10685 the current active scope. */
10688 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
10690 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10691 tree containing_scope;
10694 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10695 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
10697 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10699 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10700 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10702 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
10705 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10708 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10709 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10710 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10711 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10712 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10714 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
10715 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10716 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10718 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10719 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10720 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10721 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10722 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10727 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10728 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
10730 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10731 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10734 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10737 scope_die = context_die;
10742 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10745 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10747 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10748 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10749 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10755 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10756 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10759 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10761 return (context_die
10762 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10763 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
10764 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
10767 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10768 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10769 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10772 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
10773 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
10775 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10776 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10778 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10779 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10780 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10781 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10782 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10783 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10784 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10786 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10787 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10788 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10789 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10790 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10793 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10794 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10795 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10798 if (type_die != NULL)
10799 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10802 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
10803 function call type. */
10805 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree type)
10807 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
10809 value = targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (type);
10811 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
10812 is not DW_CC_normal. */
10813 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
10814 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
10817 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10818 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10819 was declared without a tag. */
10821 static const char *
10822 type_tag (tree type)
10824 const char *name = 0;
10826 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
10830 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10831 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10832 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
10834 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10835 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10837 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10838 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10839 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
10841 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10843 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
10846 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
10849 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10850 for bit field types. */
10853 member_declared_type (tree member)
10855 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
10856 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
10859 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10860 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10863 static const char *
10864 decl_start_label (tree decl)
10867 const char *fnname;
10869 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
10870 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
10873 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
10875 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
10880 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10881 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10882 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10885 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10887 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10888 dw_die_ref array_die;
10891 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10892 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10893 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10894 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10895 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10898 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
10899 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
10900 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
10902 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
10904 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10905 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10906 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
10907 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
10911 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10912 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10913 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10914 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10915 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10916 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10917 for multidimensional arrays. */
10918 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
10921 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10922 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10923 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10924 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
10925 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10928 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
10930 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10931 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10933 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10934 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10935 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10936 add_subscript_info. */
10937 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10938 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
10939 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
10941 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
10944 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
10949 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
10951 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10952 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
10954 if (origin != NULL)
10955 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
10958 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
10959 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10960 0, 0, context_die);
10963 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10964 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
10966 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
10970 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10971 emit full debugging info for them. */
10974 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10978 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
10979 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
10982 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10985 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10987 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
10989 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10990 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10991 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10994 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10997 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10999 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
11001 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11002 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11003 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11006 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
11009 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11011 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
11013 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11014 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11015 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11018 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
11019 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
11020 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
11024 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11026 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11028 if (type_die == NULL)
11030 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
11031 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11032 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11033 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11035 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
11038 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11040 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
11041 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
11042 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
11043 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
11047 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11048 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11049 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11050 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11052 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11053 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11054 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11055 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
11057 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
11058 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11060 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
11061 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
11063 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
11064 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
11066 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
11067 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11068 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11069 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11070 values as if they were signed. That means that
11071 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11072 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11073 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
11074 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
11078 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11083 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11084 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11087 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11088 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11089 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11090 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11091 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11092 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11093 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11094 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11097 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
11099 dw_die_ref parm_die
11100 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
11103 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
11105 case tcc_declaration:
11106 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
11107 if (origin != NULL)
11108 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
11111 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
11112 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
11113 TREE_READONLY (node),
11114 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
11116 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
11117 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11120 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
11121 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
11122 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node, DW_AT_location);
11127 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11128 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
11132 gcc_unreachable ();
11138 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11139 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11142 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11144 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
11147 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11148 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11149 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11150 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11153 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11156 tree formal_type = NULL;
11157 tree first_parm_type;
11160 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11162 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
11163 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
11168 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11170 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11171 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11172 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
11174 dw_die_ref parm_die;
11176 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
11177 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
11180 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11181 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
11182 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
11183 && link == first_parm_type)
11184 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
11185 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11187 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
11189 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
11192 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11193 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11194 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
11195 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
11197 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11198 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11199 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11200 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
11201 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11202 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
11205 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11206 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11207 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11208 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11209 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11212 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
11214 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
11216 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11217 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11218 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
11219 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
11221 dw_die_ref type_die;
11222 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
11224 push_decl_scope (type);
11225 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11226 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11227 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
11228 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
11230 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11231 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11232 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
11233 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
11234 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
11236 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
11237 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
11241 gen_variable_die (member, type_die);
11247 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11248 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11251 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
11253 dw_die_ref old_die;
11256 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
11258 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11259 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
11261 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11262 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11263 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11266 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11267 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11268 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11270 context = decl_class_context (decl);
11272 gen_type_die_for_member
11273 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
11276 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11277 save_fn = current_function_decl;
11278 current_function_decl = decl;
11280 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
11281 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11282 if (! was_abstract)
11283 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
11285 current_function_decl = save_fn;
11288 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11292 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11294 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11295 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11296 dw_die_ref subr_die;
11300 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11301 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
11302 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11304 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11305 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11306 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11307 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11308 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11310 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11311 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
11314 gcc_assert (!old_die);
11317 if (origin != NULL)
11319 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
11321 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11322 inline function. */
11323 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
11324 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
11326 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11327 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
11331 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11332 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11334 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
11335 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11336 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11337 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11338 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11340 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11341 something we have already output. */
11345 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11346 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11347 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11348 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11349 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11350 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11351 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11352 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
11353 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11354 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
11355 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11356 == (unsigned) s.line))))
11358 subr_die = old_die;
11360 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11361 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11362 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11363 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11364 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11365 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11366 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
11370 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11371 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
11372 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11373 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11374 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11375 != (unsigned) s.line)
11377 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11382 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11384 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11385 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11387 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
11388 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11390 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11391 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11392 0, 0, context_die);
11395 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11396 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11397 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11399 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11400 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11401 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11402 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11407 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11409 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11411 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11412 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11413 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11414 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11416 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11417 later reused to represent definition. */
11418 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11421 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11423 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
11425 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11426 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
11428 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
11432 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11433 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
11435 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
11438 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11440 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
11442 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11443 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11445 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
11447 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
11448 current_function_funcdef_no);
11449 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
11450 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
11451 current_function_funcdef_no);
11452 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
11454 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11455 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11458 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
11459 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
11460 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
11462 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
11463 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
11464 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
11465 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
11467 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11468 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11469 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11473 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11474 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11475 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
11478 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
11479 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
11480 variables is relative to one of them. */
11481 if (frame_base_decl && lookup_decl_loc (frame_base_decl) != NULL)
11483 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (subr_die, frame_base_decl,
11489 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
11490 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
11493 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
11494 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
11495 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl));
11498 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11499 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11500 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11501 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11502 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11503 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11504 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11505 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11506 an ellipsis at the end. */
11508 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11509 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11510 its formal parameters. */
11511 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11513 else if (declaration)
11514 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
11517 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11518 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
11521 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11522 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11523 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
11524 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
11526 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
11527 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
11528 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11529 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
11531 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
11534 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11535 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11536 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11537 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11538 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11539 parameters at all. */
11540 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11541 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
11543 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11544 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
11545 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11547 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11548 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11551 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11552 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11553 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
11555 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11556 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11557 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11558 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11559 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11560 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11561 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11563 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11564 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11565 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11566 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11567 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11568 constructor function. */
11569 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
11571 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
11572 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
11573 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), subr_die);
11575 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
11576 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
11578 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11579 if (current_function_has_inlines)
11581 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11582 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
11584 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11585 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
11590 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
11591 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11595 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11598 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11600 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11601 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
11603 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11604 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
11605 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11607 if (origin != NULL)
11608 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
11610 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11611 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11613 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11614 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11617 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
11619 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
11620 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
11621 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
11623 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
11624 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
11626 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11627 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
11628 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
11630 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11631 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11633 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11634 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11636 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11637 != (unsigned) s.line)
11639 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11644 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
11645 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
11646 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11648 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11649 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11651 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11652 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11654 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11655 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11656 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11657 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11661 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11663 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
11664 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
11666 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11668 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl, DW_AT_location);
11669 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
11672 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11675 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11678 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11680 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11681 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
11683 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11685 if (origin != NULL)
11686 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11688 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11690 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11691 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11694 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
11696 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11697 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11698 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11702 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
11704 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11705 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11706 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11707 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11708 it if it ever does happen. */
11709 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
11711 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11712 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11717 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
11718 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
11721 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
11723 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11725 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
11729 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
11731 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
11734 add_ranges (chain);
11735 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
11742 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11743 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11744 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11745 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11746 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11747 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11751 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11754 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11756 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
11758 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11759 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
11761 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
11764 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11767 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11769 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11771 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11772 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11773 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11774 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11775 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11777 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11779 dw_die_ref subr_die
11780 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
11782 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11783 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
11785 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
11786 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
11789 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11790 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11791 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11792 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11793 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11794 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11795 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11796 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11797 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11798 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11799 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11801 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11804 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11807 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11809 dw_die_ref decl_die;
11811 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
11814 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
11815 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11816 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
11817 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
11820 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
11822 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11823 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11824 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11827 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
11828 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11830 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11831 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11833 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11834 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11835 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11836 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11838 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
11839 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
11843 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11844 Use modified_type_die instead.
11845 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11846 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11849 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11852 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11854 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11855 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11856 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11859 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11860 Use modified_type_die instead.
11861 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11862 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11865 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11868 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11870 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
11871 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11872 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11876 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11879 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11882 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
11883 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11885 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11886 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11887 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
11888 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11891 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11894 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
11897 char producer[250];
11898 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
11901 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
11905 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
11906 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11907 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR && filename[0] != '<')
11908 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
11911 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
11913 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11914 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11915 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11916 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11917 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11918 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11919 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11920 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11921 strcat (producer, " -g");
11924 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
11926 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
11927 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
11928 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11929 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
11930 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
11931 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
11932 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F95") == 0)
11933 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
11934 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11935 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
11936 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
11937 language = DW_LANG_Java;
11939 language = DW_LANG_C89;
11941 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
11945 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11948 gen_string_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11950 dw_die_ref type_die
11951 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11953 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11955 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11956 TODO: add string length info. */
11958 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
11959 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
11963 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11966 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
11968 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
11970 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
11971 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
11973 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
11974 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
11976 if (access == access_public_node)
11977 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
11978 else if (access == access_protected_node)
11979 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11982 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11985 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11988 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
11991 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11992 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11993 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11994 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11995 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11996 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11997 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11998 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11999 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
12000 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
12001 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
12003 /* First output info about the base classes. */
12006 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
12010 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
12011 gen_inheritance_die (base,
12012 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
12013 : access_public_node), context_die);
12016 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
12017 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12019 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
12020 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
12021 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
12022 do put them in the right order. */
12024 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12026 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12028 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12031 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
12032 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12034 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
12035 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
12038 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12040 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12042 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12046 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
12047 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
12048 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
12051 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12053 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12054 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
12056 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
12057 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12058 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
12059 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
12061 if (type_die && ! complete)
12064 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
12065 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12066 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
12069 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
12071 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
12072 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
12074 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
12076 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
12077 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
12079 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12081 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
12083 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
12086 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
12088 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12089 then give a list of members. */
12090 if (complete && !ns_decl)
12092 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12093 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12094 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12095 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
12096 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
12097 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
12099 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12100 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12101 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
12102 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
12104 push_decl_scope (type);
12105 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
12108 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12109 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
12111 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
12113 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
12114 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12115 lookup_type_die (vtype));
12120 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12122 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12123 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12124 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
12125 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types, type);
12129 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12132 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12134 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12135 dw_die_ref subr_die
12136 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
12137 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12139 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
12140 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
12141 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
12142 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
12145 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12148 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12150 dw_die_ref type_die;
12153 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12156 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
12157 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
12158 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12159 if (origin != NULL)
12160 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
12165 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
12166 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
12168 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
12170 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
12171 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
12174 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
12176 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
12177 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12180 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12181 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
12184 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12187 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12191 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12194 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12195 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12197 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12200 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12201 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
12203 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12204 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
12208 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12209 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12210 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12211 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12212 cloned type itself). */
12213 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12214 type = type_main_variant (type);
12216 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12219 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12225 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12226 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12227 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12228 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12229 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12231 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12233 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12234 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12235 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12239 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12240 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12241 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
12243 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12244 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12246 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12248 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
12251 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12252 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12253 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12254 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12258 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12259 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12260 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12264 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
12266 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12267 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
12270 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12274 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12277 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12280 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12281 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12282 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12283 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12284 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12285 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12286 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12287 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
12288 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12289 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12291 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
12293 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12296 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12297 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12298 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12303 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
12307 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
12308 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12310 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12315 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12316 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12317 when appropriate. */
12326 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12330 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12334 gcc_unreachable ();
12337 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12340 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12343 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12345 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12348 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12349 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12350 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12352 gcc_assert (type == type_main_variant (type));
12354 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12355 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12357 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12362 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12363 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12367 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
12371 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12372 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12376 gcc_unreachable ();
12380 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12381 things which are local to the given block. */
12384 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12386 int must_output_die = 0;
12389 enum tree_code origin_code;
12391 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12392 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12395 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12396 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12397 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12398 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
12402 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
12403 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
12408 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12409 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12410 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12411 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12412 the current block. */
12413 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12414 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
12416 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12418 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12419 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12420 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12421 must_output_die = 1;
12424 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12425 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12426 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12427 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12428 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12429 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12430 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12431 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
12433 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12434 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12435 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12436 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12437 as being a "significant" one. */
12438 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
12439 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
12440 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
12441 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
12443 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12444 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12445 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
12446 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12447 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12448 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12450 must_output_die = 1;
12456 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12457 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12458 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12459 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12460 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12461 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12462 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12463 if (must_output_die)
12465 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12466 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12468 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12471 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
12474 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12475 all of its sub-blocks. */
12478 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12483 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12484 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12487 if (TREE_USED (stmt))
12489 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12490 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12491 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12492 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12493 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12497 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12498 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12499 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12500 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12504 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
12505 add_child_die (context_die, die);
12507 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12511 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12512 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12515 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12516 therein) of this block. */
12517 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
12519 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
12520 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
12523 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12526 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
12528 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12531 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
12532 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
12533 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
12534 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
12535 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
12536 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12542 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
12545 force_decl_die (tree decl)
12547 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12548 unsigned saved_external_flag;
12549 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
12550 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12553 dw_die_ref context_die;
12554 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
12557 /* Find die that represents this context. */
12558 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
12559 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
12561 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
12564 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12566 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12568 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12569 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
12570 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
12571 declaration die. */
12572 save_fn = current_function_decl;
12573 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
12574 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12575 current_function_decl = save_fn;
12579 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
12580 gen_decl_die() call. */
12581 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
12582 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
12583 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12584 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
12587 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12588 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12592 gcc_unreachable ();
12595 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
12597 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12598 gcc_assert (decl_die);
12604 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE. A DIE is always returned. */
12607 force_type_die (tree type)
12609 dw_die_ref type_die;
12611 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12614 dw_die_ref context_die;
12615 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12616 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12617 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12619 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12621 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12623 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12624 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12625 gcc_assert (type_die);
12630 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12631 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12634 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12636 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
12637 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
12638 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12639 /* Force out the namespace. */
12640 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
12642 return context_die;
12645 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12646 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12648 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12649 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12652 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12654 dw_die_ref ns_context;
12656 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12659 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
12660 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
12661 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
12662 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
12665 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
12667 if (ns_context != context_die)
12669 if (DECL_P (thing))
12670 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
12672 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
12676 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12679 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
12681 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
12683 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12684 they are an alias of. */
12685 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
12687 /* Output a real namespace. */
12688 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12689 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
12690 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12691 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12695 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12697 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12698 dw_die_ref origin_die
12699 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12701 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12702 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12703 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
12704 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12705 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
12706 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12710 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12713 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12717 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12720 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12726 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12727 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12730 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12731 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12732 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12733 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
12734 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
12739 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
12740 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
12741 if (current_function_decl != decl)
12742 /* This is only a declaration. */;
12745 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12746 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
12747 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12749 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12750 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12751 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
12752 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
12753 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
12754 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12755 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12756 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12757 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12759 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12760 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
12763 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12764 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12766 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12767 have described its return type. */
12768 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
12770 /* And its virtual context. */
12771 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12772 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
12774 /* And its containing type. */
12775 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12776 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12777 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12779 /* And its containing namespace. */
12780 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12783 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12784 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12788 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12789 actual typedefs. */
12790 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12793 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12794 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12795 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12796 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12797 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12798 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12799 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12801 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12805 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
12806 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12808 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12809 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
12813 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12814 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
12819 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12820 variable declarations or definitions. */
12821 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12824 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12826 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12828 /* And its containing type. */
12829 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12830 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12831 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12833 /* And its containing namespace. */
12834 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12836 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12837 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12838 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12840 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12841 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
12842 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12844 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
12848 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12849 anonymous unions and structs. */
12850 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
12851 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
12852 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
12854 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
12855 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
12860 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12861 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12864 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12865 gen_namespace_die (decl);
12869 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12870 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
12875 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12878 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename, const char *context_list)
12880 unsigned int file_index;
12882 if (filename != NULL)
12884 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12885 tree context_list_decl
12886 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
12889 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
12890 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
12891 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
12892 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12893 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
12897 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12898 compilation proper has finished. */
12901 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
12903 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12904 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12905 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12906 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12907 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12908 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12911 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
12912 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
12914 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
12917 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12920 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
12923 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
12925 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
12926 dw_die_ref scope_die;
12927 unsigned file_index;
12928 expanded_location xloc;
12930 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12935 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
12936 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
12939 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
12940 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
12942 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
12943 else if (TYPE_P (context))
12944 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
12946 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
12948 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
12949 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
12950 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12953 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12954 if (!at_import_die)
12956 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
12957 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
12958 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
12960 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
12961 dw_die_ref type_context_die;
12963 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12964 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12965 type_context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12967 type_context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12969 type_context_die = comp_unit_die;
12970 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl, type_context_die);
12972 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
12976 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
12977 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12978 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
12980 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
12982 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
12983 file_index = lookup_filename (xloc.file);
12984 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12985 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
12986 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
12989 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12992 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
12994 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
12996 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13001 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13002 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
13003 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
13004 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
13005 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
13006 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
13007 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
13008 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
13009 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
13010 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
13011 with the definition of the function.
13013 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
13014 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
13015 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
13016 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
13017 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
13018 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
13019 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
13020 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
13021 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
13022 that they *are* definitions).
13024 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
13025 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
13026 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
13027 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
13028 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
13029 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
13032 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
13033 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
13034 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
13035 if (decl_function_context (decl)
13036 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
13037 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13038 context_die = NULL;
13042 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
13043 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
13044 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
13045 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
13046 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
13047 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
13048 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
13049 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
13050 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
13053 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13054 variable declarations or definitions. */
13055 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13059 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13060 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13062 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
13067 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
13068 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
13071 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
13072 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
13073 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
13075 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
13076 comparisons have. */
13077 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
13078 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
13079 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
13080 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13081 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
13086 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13087 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13090 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13091 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13092 if (decl_function_context (decl))
13093 context_die = NULL;
13101 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13104 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13105 a lexical block. */
13108 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13109 unsigned int blocknum)
13111 current_function_section (current_function_decl);
13112 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
13115 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13119 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
13121 current_function_section (current_function_decl);
13122 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
13125 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13126 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13128 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13129 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13130 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13133 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
13137 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13138 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
13139 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
13145 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13146 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13147 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13148 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13149 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13150 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13151 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13152 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13153 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13157 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
13160 char *save_file_name;
13162 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13163 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13164 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
13167 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
13168 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
13169 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
13172 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13173 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
13174 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
13175 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
13177 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
13181 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
13182 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
13183 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
13184 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
13185 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13187 /* If the assembler is emitting the file table, and we aren't eliminating
13188 unused debug types, then we must emit .file here. If we are eliminating
13189 unused debug types, then this will be done by the maybe_emit_file call in
13190 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs. */
13192 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && ! flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
13193 maybe_emit_file (i);
13199 maybe_emit_file (int fileno)
13201 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && fileno > 0)
13203 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno))
13205 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno) = ++emitcount;
13206 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ",
13207 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno));
13208 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
13209 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, fileno));
13210 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
13212 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno);
13219 init_file_table (void)
13221 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
13222 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
13223 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted, 64, "file_table_emitted");
13225 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
13226 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
13227 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13228 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
13231 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13232 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13233 our lookup table. */
13236 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
13238 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
13239 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
13241 static rtx last_insn;
13242 static const char *last_label;
13245 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
13247 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (loc_note);
13249 newloc = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node));
13250 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13251 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13253 if (last_insn != NULL_RTX
13254 && last_insn == prev_insn
13255 && NOTE_P (prev_insn)
13256 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
13258 newloc->label = last_label;
13262 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13263 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13265 newloc->label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
13267 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
13268 newloc->next = NULL;
13271 && (last_text_section == in_unlikely_executed_text
13272 || (last_text_section == in_named
13273 && last_text_section_name == cfun->unlikely_text_section_name)))
13274 newloc->section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
13276 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
13278 last_insn = loc_note;
13279 last_label = newloc->label;
13280 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
13281 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl) && DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl)
13282 && DECL_P (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl)))
13283 decl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
13284 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
13287 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13288 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13289 declarations that use the locations won't have been outputted when
13290 that hook is called. */
13293 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13295 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
13298 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13299 and record information relating to this source line, in
13300 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13303 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
13305 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13308 current_function_section (current_function_decl);
13310 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13311 if (flag_debug_asm)
13312 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
13315 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13317 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13319 file_num = maybe_emit_file (file_num);
13321 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13322 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
13324 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13325 line_info_table_in_use++;
13327 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
13328 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13329 separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
13331 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13333 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
13334 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13335 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
13337 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13338 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13339 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
13341 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13342 separate_line_info_table
13343 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
13344 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13345 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
13346 memset (separate_line_info_table
13347 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
13349 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13350 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
13353 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13355 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
13356 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13357 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13358 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
13362 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
13364 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13365 line_info_table_in_use);
13367 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13368 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
13370 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13372 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
13373 (line_info_table_allocated
13374 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
13375 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
13376 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13379 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13380 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
13381 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13382 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13387 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13390 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
13392 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13394 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13395 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
13397 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13398 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
13401 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13403 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13404 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
13405 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
13407 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
13408 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename),
13409 "Filename we just started");
13413 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13416 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13418 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13419 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13420 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13422 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13424 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13425 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13429 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13430 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13431 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13434 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13435 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13437 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13439 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13440 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
13441 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13442 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13446 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13447 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13448 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13451 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13452 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13454 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13456 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13457 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
13458 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13459 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13463 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13466 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13468 init_file_table ();
13470 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13471 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
13472 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
13474 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13475 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
13476 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
13478 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13479 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
13481 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13482 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13483 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
13484 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13485 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13486 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
13488 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13489 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13490 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13491 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13493 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13494 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
13496 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13497 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13498 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13499 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13500 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13501 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13502 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
13504 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types, 64, "incomplete_types");
13506 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
13508 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13509 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
13510 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13511 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13512 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
13513 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13514 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
13516 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
13517 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13518 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
13519 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13520 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
13521 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13522 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13523 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
13524 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13525 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
13526 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13527 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
13529 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13531 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13532 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
13533 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13534 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
13538 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
13539 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
13541 unlikely_text_section ();
13542 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
13546 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
13547 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
13550 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13552 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
13554 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
13556 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS);
13557 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
13558 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
13566 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
13567 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
13570 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
13574 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13575 prune_unmark_dies (c);
13579 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
13580 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
13583 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
13587 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
13589 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
13591 /* A reference to another DIE.
13592 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
13593 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
13595 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file)
13597 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
13598 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned =
13599 maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
13605 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
13606 to DIE's children. */
13609 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
13613 if (die->die_mark == 0)
13615 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
13618 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
13619 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
13620 if (die->die_parent)
13621 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
13623 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
13624 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13626 /* If this node is a specification,
13627 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
13628 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
13629 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
13632 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
13634 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
13635 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
13639 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13641 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
13642 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
13643 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
13644 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
13646 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13652 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
13655 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
13659 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
13663 switch (die->die_tag) {
13664 case DW_TAG_const_type:
13665 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
13666 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
13667 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
13668 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
13669 case DW_TAG_typedef:
13670 case DW_TAG_array_type:
13671 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
13672 case DW_TAG_union_type:
13673 case DW_TAG_class_type:
13674 case DW_TAG_friend:
13675 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
13676 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
13677 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
13678 case DW_TAG_string_type:
13679 case DW_TAG_set_type:
13680 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
13681 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
13682 case DW_TAG_file_type:
13683 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
13687 /* Mark everything else. */
13693 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
13694 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13696 /* Mark children. */
13697 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13698 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13702 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
13705 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
13707 dw_die_ref c, p, n;
13709 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
13712 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = n)
13717 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
13725 die->die_child = n;
13732 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
13735 prune_unused_types (void)
13738 limbo_die_node *node;
13740 /* Clear all the marks. */
13741 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
13742 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13743 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
13745 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
13746 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
13747 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13748 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
13750 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
13751 pubname_table or arange_table. */
13752 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
13753 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table[i].die, 1);
13754 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
13755 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
13757 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
13758 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
13759 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13760 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
13762 /* Leave the marks clear. */
13763 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
13764 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13765 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
13768 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
13769 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
13772 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
13774 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
13775 dw_die_ref die = 0;
13777 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
13778 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
13779 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
13780 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
13781 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
13782 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
13785 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
13786 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
13787 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
13788 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != '<')
13790 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
13795 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
13796 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
13797 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
13798 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
13800 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
13802 next_node = node->next;
13805 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
13807 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
13810 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
13811 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
13813 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
13814 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
13815 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
13818 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
13819 nested function can be optimized away, which results
13820 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
13821 with the return type of that nested function. Force
13822 this to be a child of the containing function.
13824 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
13825 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
13826 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
13827 the function is likely unreachable too. */
13828 tree context = NULL_TREE;
13830 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
13832 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
13833 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
13834 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
13835 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
13837 gcc_assert (context && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL);
13839 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
13841 add_child_die (origin, die);
13843 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
13848 limbo_die_list = NULL;
13850 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13851 emit full debugging info for them. */
13852 retry_incomplete_types ();
13854 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
13855 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
13856 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
13858 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
13859 prune_unused_types ();
13861 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
13862 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
13863 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13864 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
13866 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
13867 that have children. */
13868 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
13869 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13870 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
13872 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
13874 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13875 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
13877 unlikely_text_section ();
13878 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
13881 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
13882 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
13883 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
13884 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
13885 examining the file. */
13886 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13888 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13889 output_line_info ();
13892 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
13893 if (have_location_lists)
13895 /* Output the location lists info. */
13896 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13897 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
13898 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13899 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
13900 output_location_lists (die);
13901 have_location_lists = 0;
13904 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
13906 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
13908 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
13909 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
13912 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
13913 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
13914 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
13915 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
13917 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13918 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
13919 debug_line_section_label);
13921 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13922 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
13924 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13925 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13926 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13927 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
13929 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
13931 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13932 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13933 output_abbrev_section ();
13935 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13936 if (pubname_table_in_use)
13938 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13939 output_pubnames ();
13942 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13943 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13944 if (fde_table_in_use)
13946 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13950 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13951 if (ranges_table_in_use)
13953 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13954 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
13958 /* Have to end the macro section. */
13959 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13961 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13962 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13965 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13967 if (debug_str_hash)
13968 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
13972 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13973 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
13975 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13977 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"